Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
95-109
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON BY-LAW 95- 109 Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Rutherford Contracting Ltd. , Gormley, Ontario in respect of Rotary Park - Phase IV. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS AS FOLLOWS : 1 . THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute on behalf of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington with the Corporation Seal, a contract between Rutherford Contracting Ltd. and said Corporation. 2 . THAT this agreement attached hereto as Schedule "A" form part of this By-law. By-law read a first and second time this 17th day of July, 1995 . By-law read a third and finally passed this 17th day of July, 1995 . ayor Deputy Clerk 1 1 ' ROTARY PARK PHASE 4 MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CL95-25 1 i 1 ' Owner: The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Drive ' Bowmanville, Ontario L1C 3A6 Consultant: Cosburn Giberson Landscape Architects ' 7270 Woodbine Avenue, Suite 100 Markham, Ontario ' L3R 4119 ' Contractor: Rutherford ContractingSeices Ltd. 27 Cardico Drive,P.O. Box 747 Gormley, Ontario ' LOH 1G0 Project: 91-803 ' Date: July 31, 1995 1 ' ROTARY PARK PHASE 4 MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON ' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CL95-25 1 I I I Owner: The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Drive ' Bowmanville, Ontario L1C 3A6 ' Consultant: Cosburn Giberson Landscape Architects 7270 Woodbine Avenue, Suite 100 Markham, Ontario ' L3R 4B9 Contractor: Rutherford Contracting Services Ltd. ' 27 Cardico Drive, P.O. Box 747 Gormley, Ontario LOH 1G0 ' Project: 91-803 Date: July 31, 1995 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 ' Agreement (green pages) Addendum Number 1 (gray pages) Instructions to Bidders (blue pages) General Conditions (pink pages) Supplementary Conditions (yellow pages) DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01005 General Requirements Section 01020 Allowances Section 01050 Lines and Levels ' Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements Section 01070 Abbreviations Section 01200 Site Administration Section 01300 Submittals Section 01400 Quality Control Section 01500 Temporary Facilities Section 01600 Products and Workmanship Section 01700 Project Closeout Section 01710 Cleaning Section 01740 Extended Warranties ' DIVISION 2-SITE WORKS Section 02210 Earthworks Section 02310 Cast in Place Concrete ' Section 02410 Masonry Section 02487 Sodding Section 02490 Planting Section 02515 Unit Paving ' Section 02870 Site Furniture Section 02880 Irrigation Section 02895 Drinking Fountain ' Section 02900 Pavilion DIVISIONS 3- 16 ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL ' Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Section 04100 Mortar Section 04200 Unit Masonry Section 04400 Stone Section 05100 Structural Steel Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 07200 Thermal Insulation ' Section 07460 Wood Siding Section 07612 Sheet Copper Roofing Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames Section 08700 Finish Hardware Section 09900 Painting Section 15420 Plumbing and Drainage Section 16730 Clock TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Page 2 ' Section 16000 Electrical (Section 16A) (Section 16B) ' (Section 16C) LIST OF DETAILS D-1 Poured Concrete Walkway D-2 Unit Paving Banding D-3 Concrete Edge ' D-4 Precast Concrete Retaining Wall D-5 Drinking Fountain D-6 Concrete Base for Post Hydrant ' 1116 Zurn Non-freeze Post Hydrant(2 sheets) D-7 Perforated Corrugated Steel Pipe D-8 Masonry Light Column D-9 Coping Unit D-10 Bench D-1 I Waste Receptacle D-12 Pavilion Plan D-13 Pavilion Footing D-14 Schematic Valving&Piping Arrangement W l l Water Meter D-15 Coniferous Trees ' D-16 Deciduous Trees D-17 Shrub Planting D-18 Sloped Coniferous Tree Planting ' D-19 Sloped Shrub Planting D-20 Entrance Sign-Section D-21 Entrance Sign-Elevation LIST OF DRAWINGS L-1 Layout&Grading Plan L-2 Grading Plan L-3 Planting Plan L-4 Existing Services Plan L-5 Irrigation Plan ' L-6 Electrical Plan A-1 Public Washrooms Plan and Elevation A-2 Public Washrooms Sections and Details A-3 Clock Tower Plan Elevations and Details S-1 Public Washrooms Structural and Mechanical S-2 Clock Tower Structural APPENDIX SOILS REPORT Standard Construction Document-CCDC 4 ' AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR for use when unit prices form the basis of payment and to be used only with the General Conditions ' of the Unit Price Contract This Agreement made this 31 st day of July in the year Nineteen hundred and nine -five by and between THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON hereinafter called the"Owner" ' and RUTHERFORD CONTRACTING LEWrED hereinafter called the"Contractor' ' witnesses:that the Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE A-1 THE WORK The contractor shall: ' (a) perform the Work required by the Contract Documents for RotarXPark Phase IV which have been signed by both the parties, and which were prepared by Cosburn Giberson Consultants Incorporated acting as,and hereinafter called,the"Engineer" and/or ' "Consultant" and/or"Landscape Architect". (b) do and fulfill everything indicated by this Agreement,and (c) commence the work by the 1 st day of August, 1995 and substantial performance of the Work, as certified by the Consultant by the 29th day of September, 1995. ' ARTICLE A-2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS t The following is an exact list of the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-1 of this Agreement and as defined in Item 2 of DEFINITIONS. This list is subject to subsequent amendments in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and agreed upon between the parties. Terms used in the Contract Documents which are defined in the attached DEFINITIONS shall have the meanings designated in those DEFINITIONS. (Insert here, attaching additional pages if required, as list identifying the Contract Documents including: The Agreement, General Conditions, Definitions, Drawings(giving drawing number), title, date, revision date or mark, ' and Specifications, giving a list of contents with section numbers and titles, number of pages and date of revision marks. Clearly identify modifications to the Contract Documents) ' Agreement (green pages) Addendum Number 1 (gray pages) Instructions to Bidders (blue pages) ' General Conditions (pink pages) Supplementary Conditions (yellow pages) DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01005 General Requirements ' Section 01020 Allowances Section 01050 Lines and Levels Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements ' Section 01070 Abbreviations Section 01200 Site Administration Section 01300 Submittals ' Section 01400 Quality Control Section 01500 Temporary Facilities Section 01600 Products and Workmanship Section 01700 Project Closeout ' Section 01710 Cleaning Section 01740 Extended Warranties ' DMSION 2-SITE WORKS Section 02210 Earthworks ' Section 02310 Cast in Place Concrete Section 02410 Masonry Section 02487 Sodding Section 02490 Planting Section 02515 Unit Paving Section 02870 Site Furniture Section 02880 Irrigation Section 02895 Drinking Fountain Section 02900 Pavilion ' ARTICLE A-2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DIVISIONS 3-16 ARCHITECTURAL,MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL ' Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Section 04100 Mortar Section 04200 Unit Masonry ' Section 04400 Stone Section 05100 Structural Steel Section 06100 Rough Carpentry ' Section 07200 Thermal Insulation Section 07460 Wood Siding Section 07612 Sheet Copper Roofing ' Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames Section 08700 Finish Hardware Section 09900 Painting Section 15420 Plumbing and Drainage Section 16730 Clock Section 16000 Electrical (Section 16A) ' (Section 16B) (Section 16C) ' LIST OF DETAILS D-1 Poured Concrete Walkway ' D-2 Unit Paving Banding D-3 Concrete Edge D4 Precast Concrete Retaining Wall ' D-5 Drinking Fountain D-6 Concrete Base for Post Hydrant 1116 Zurn Non-freeze Post Hydrant(2 sheets) D-7 Perforated Corrugated Steel Pipe ' D-8 Masonry Light Column D-9 Coping Unit D-10 Bench ' D-11 Waste Receptacle D-12 Pavilion Plan D-13 Pavilion Footing D-14 Schematic Valving&Piping Arrangement W 11 Water Meter D-15 Coniferous Trees ' D-16 Deciduous Trees D-17 Shrub Planting D-18 Sloped Coniferous Tree Planting D-19 Sloped Shrub Planting D-20 Entrance Sign-Section D-21 Entrance Sign-Elevation ARTICLE A-2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS LIST OF DRAWINGS 1 L-1 Layout&Grading Plan L-2 Grading Plan L-3 Planting Plan L-4 Existing Services Plan L-5 Irrigation Plan L-6 Electrical Plan A-1 Public Washrooms Plan and Elevation A-2 Public Washrooms Sections and Details A-3 Clock Tower Plan Elevations and Details ' S-1 Public Washrooms Structural and Mechanical S-2 Clock Tower Structural APPENDIX SOILS REPORT I' I ' ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT PRICES a) The quantities shown in the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices are estimated. The Contract Price shall be the final sum of the products of the actual quantities that are incorporated in,or made necessary by the Work as confirmed by the count and measurement,and the appropriate Contract Unit Prices,together ' with any adjustments that are made in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. b) The Estimated Contract Price shall be the sum of the products of the estimated quantities and the appropriate Contract Unit Prices in the Schedule. C) Schedule of Contract Unit Prices ITEM NO DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL QUANTITY 1.0 SITE PREPARATION AND SERVICES ' 1.1 Catch basin adjustments,removal and disposal of existing temporary fencing, maintenance of sediments control. Lump Sum $ 880.00 ' 1.2 Rough grade correction Lump Sum $ 3,620.00 1.3 Irrigation system including mechanical work ' within utility room Lump Sum $ 7,880.00 1.4 Zum post hydrant,25 mm supply line from ' building,and work within utility room Lump Sum $ 4,430.00 1.5 Stone drinking fountain, 19 mm supply line from building,drain line and work within ' utility room Lump Sum $ 9,285.00 1.6 Pre-cast retaining wall 8 LM $ 210.00 $ 1,680.00 1 1.7 Poured concrete sidewalk detail D-1 280 m2 47.00 13 160.00 ' 1.8 Poured concrete pavement including paving stone inlay,curbed edge per details D-2,D-3 600 mZ $ 82.00 $ 49,200.00 ' 1.9 Perforated CSP around base of clock tower, detail D-7 24 LM $ 59.00 $ 1,416.00 ' 1.10 Masonry entry wall,D20,D21 Lump Sum $ 3,500.00 1.11 Benches 9 Each $ 1,100.00 $ 9,900.00 ' ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT PRICES ' ITEM NO DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL QUANTITY ' 1.12 Waste Receptacles 4 Each $ 795.00 3 180.00 p $ , ' 1.13 Steel Fence 75 LM $ 88.00 $ 6.600.00 1.0 Sub-total $ 114,731.00 ' 2.0 SOFT LANDSCAPE 2.1 Topsoil,fine grade and sod 3100 m2 $ 5.00 $ 15,500.00 2.2 Planting mixture and mulch for shrub beds Lump Sum $ 9,750.00 2.3 Planting Red Sunset Maple-4500-5000 8 Each $ 233.00 $ 1,864.00 Sugar maple - 4500-5000 7 Each $ 227.00 $ 1,589.00 Common Horse-Chestnut - 4500-5000 6 Each $ 153.00 $ 918.00 Paper Birch Clumps - 4500-5000 3 Each $ 188.00 $ 564.00 ' Blue Ash - 4500-5000 8 Each $ 240.00 $ 1,920.00 Maidenhair Tree - 4500-5000 12 Each $ 283.00 $ 3,396.00 ' Pin Oak - 4500-5000 6 Each $ 271.00 $ 1,626.00 Red Oak - 4500-5000 13 Each $ 277.00 $ 3,601.00 Tulip Tree - 4500-5000 5 Each $ 310.00 $ 1,550.00 ' Downy Serviceberry - 2500 6 Each $ 220.00 $ 1,320.00 Eastern Redbud - 2000 3 Each $ 188.00 $ 564.00 Newport Plum - 3000-3500 4 Each $ 201.00 $ 804.00 Norway Spruce -2000 7 Each $ 208.00 $ 1,456.00 Norway Spruce - 2400 3 Each $ 233.00 $ 699.00 White Pine - 2000 13 Each $ 214.00 $ 2,782.00 ' ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT PRICES ITEM N ESTIMATED O DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL ' Canadian Hemlock - 2000 5 Each $ 251.20 $ 1,256.00 ' Canadian Hemlock - 2400 2 Each $ 374.00 $ 748.00 Coral Beauty Cotoneaster 45 Each $ 11.00 $ 495.00 ' Emerald Gaiety Eounymus 55 Each $ 25.00 $ 1,375.00 Compact Pfitzer Juniper 80 Each $ 14.00 $ 1,120.00 ' Compact Andorra Juniper 110 Each $ 14.00 $ 1,540.00 Dwarf Japanese Yew 80 Each $ 44.00 $ 3,520.00 Red Osier Dogwood - 1200 45 Each $ 21.00 $ 945.00 Dwarf Burning Bush - 600 70 Each $ 20.00 $ 1,400.00 Snowy Forsythia - 800 25 Each $ 14.00 $ 350.00 Low Grow Fragrant Sumac - 500 100 Each $ 14.00 $ 1,400.00 Cutleaf Stafhorn Sumac - 1200 30 Each $ 24.00 $ 720.00 Anthony Waterer Spirea - 600 135 Each $ 14.00 $ 1,890.00 ' Little Princess Spirea - 400 85 Each $ 14.00 $ 1,190.00 ' Snowberry - 600 75 Each $ 14.00 $ 1,050.00 Daylilies - 800 max. 60 Each $ 11.00 $ 660.00 Plantain Lilies - 600 max. 60 Each $ 11.00 $ 660.00 2.0 Sub-total $ 70,222.00 3.0 STRUCTURES 3.1 Washroom building complete Lump Sum $ 100,960.00 3.2 Clock tower,complete Lump Sum $ 54,240.00 ' ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT PRICES ' ITEM NO DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT PRICE QUANTITY TOTAL ' 3.3 Pavilion,complete Lump Sum $ 69,380.00 ' 3.4 Site electrical, including masonry columns, modification to existing limestone cap and connections in utility room,and service to the washroom building Lump Sum $ 28.150.00 3.0 Sub-total $ 252,730.00 ' 4.0 MISCELLANEOUS 4.1 Bonding Lump Sum $ 6,425.00 ' 4.2 Mobilization and demobilization of the job site of offices,convenience,temporary facilities,construction plant and other items not required to form part of requirements of the contract not specifically related to the preceding items herein. Include all cost to cover Division 1 requirements. Lump Sum $ 9.350.00 ' 4.0 Sub-total $ 15,775.00 5.0 Goods and Services Tax @ 7%for items 1.0 to 4.0 inclusive $ 31,742.06 ' 6.0 Testing Allowance $ 1,000.00 ' 7.0 Contingency Allowance $ 15,000.00 8.0 Sign Allowance $ 10,000.00 ' 9.0 Sound System Allowance $ 7.000.00 ' TOTAL FOR ALL ITEMS $ 518,200.06 Total estimated Contract Price is„five hundred and eighteen thousand. two hundred dollars and six cents in Canadian funds. r rARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT PRICES rBIDDER'S SCHEDULE OF ADDITIONAL UNIT PRICES r ITEM UNIT OF NO.. DESCRIPTION MEASURE UNIT PRICE 1.0 Additional poured concrete sonotube foundation for LM $300.00 pavilion columns. Price per linear metre of each column to extend foundation deeper. ' 2.0 Excavate unsuitable soil and/or garbage,dispose off site, m3 *N.B. and import granular `B', place and compact to 95% ' S.P.D. * N.B.price dependant upon material found, contaminants and volume required. 1 r 1 i I I 1 i 1 r 1 r 1 ARTICLE A-4 PAYMENT a) The Owner shall pay the Contractor in Canadian funds for the performance of the Contract,the amounts being determined by actual measured quantities of the individual work items contained in the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices in Article A-2 (c) of this Agreement, and ' measured in accordance with the methods of measurement given in the Specifications. b) Subject to applicable legislation and the provisions of the Contract Documents, and in accordance with legislation and statutory regulations respecting holdback percentages and, where such legislation or regulations do not exist or apply, subject to a holdback of 10%, the Owner shall: ' 1) Make monthly payment to the Contractor on account of the work P erformed as certified by the Engineer,and ' 2) upon Substantial Performance of the Work as certified by the Engineer pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of holdback monies then due,and 3) upon total Performance of the Work as certified by the Engineer pay to the Contactor the unpaid balance of monies then due. ' c) In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the Property and Boiler Insurance policies, payment shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of GC 20-INSURANCE d) If the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as they become due under the terms of ' the Contract or in an award by arbitration or court, interest of 18 percent per annum on such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until payment. Such interest shall be calculated and added to any unpaid amounts monthly. ARTICLE A-5 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES a) The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties,obligations,rights ' and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. b) No action or failure to act by the Owner, Engineer or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure ' to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. ARTICLE A-6 RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESS FOR NOTICES Communications in writing between the parties or between them and the Engineer shall be considered ' the have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered by hand to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the Corporation for whom they are intended or if sent by post or by telegram, to have been delivered within five(5)working days of the date of mailing, dispatch or ' of delivery to the telegraph company when addressed as follows: Owner 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville,Ontario L1C 3A6 ' The Contractor at 27 Cardico Drive P.O.Box 747 ' Gormley,Ontario LOH 1 GO The Landscape Architect at 7270 Woodbine Avenue#100 Markham,Ontario ' L3R 4B9 ARTICLE A-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT ' When the Contract Documents are prepared in both the English and French languages, it is agreed that in the event of any apparent discrepancy between the English and French versions,the English language shall prevail. ' * Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable term only if the contract Documents have been prepared and issued in both official languages of Canada. I ' ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION The general Conditions of the Unit Price Contract hereto annexed, and the other aforesaid Contract Documents, are to be read into and form part of this Agreement and the whole shall constitute the Contract between the parties and subject to law and the provisions of the Contract Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives,successors and assigns. ' In witness whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement under their respective corporate seals and by the hands of their proper officers thereunto duly authorized. ' SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED in the presence of OWNER Name: THE MUNICIPALI F ARINGTON Signa e: re mre, Mayor k DATE ' CONTRACTOR ' Name: RUTHERFORD CONTRACTING=V**e*S LTD. ' Signa . DATE 1 Rotary Park Phase 4 File: 91-803 ' Municipality of Clarington Page:I Tender CL 95-25 ' ADDENDUM#1 June 23, 1995 ' The following to the tender g documents for the above titled projects are effective ' immediately. This Addendum forms part of the contract documents. SPECIFICATIONS ' • Section 01020 Allowances ' 1. Page 1, 1.3 Allowances Change to read; ' Include the following allowances in the Contract: ' 1. Testing Allowance $ 1,000.00 Contingency Allowance $15,000.00 Sign Allowance $10,000.00 ' Sound System Allowance $ 7,000.00 • Tender Form (green pages) 1. Page 7 ' Add; Item 1.13, steel fence, 75 linear metres. ' 2. Page 9 Add; Item 9.0, Sound System Allowance, $7,000.00. ' • Section 02840, Steel Fencing ' Add; This section is added to the tender documents. ' Pages 1,2 included with this addendum. Rotary Park Phase 4 File: 91-803 ' Municipality of Clarington Page:2 Tender CL 95-25 ' ADDENDUM#1 June 23, 1995 ' DRAWINGS ' • Layout Plan Drawing L-1 ' Add; Steel fence parallel to the existing granular access road. See reduced plan included with this addendum. ' • Electrical Plan Drawing L-2 Add; 50 mm diameter PVC conduit with fish rope to service the proposed sound system. Bury depth is 1200 mm below finish grade. Bring conduit into ' utility room. Costs associated with this work must be included in tender form item 3,4 site electrical. ' Public Washrooms Drawing A 1.1 ' Change; Ground floor plan is changed to provide (2)two toilets in the female washroom instead of one toilet. Delete one wash basin and change table. ' The remaining wash basin shall have sufficient counter space to use as a change table. The second toilet still is not handicapped accessible. Install partition between stalls. No detail is provided with this addendum. DETAILS • D-22 Steel Fence Add; ' Enclosed steel fence detail, see also attached layout for fence location. ' STEEL FENCING Section 02840 ' Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 Related Work 1. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 1.3 Reference Standards 1. Galvanizing to conform to CSA G 164-M 1981 ' 2. Welding to conform to CSA W47 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Concrete 1. Concrete mix designed to produce 20 MPa minimum compressive strength at 28 days and containing 20 mm maximum size, 5 mm minimum size course aggregate, with water/cement ratio to CAN3-A23, 1-M77 Table 7 for Class A exposure and 60 mm slump at time and point of deposit. Air entrainment to CAN3-A23.1-M77 Table 8. 2.2 Steel ' 1. All steel shall be new product, solid or hollow as detailed. All steel to be galvanized and acid etched before finishing. Steel butt welding to conform to CSA Z245.10. Steel fence product to conform to CSA G42. All pipe products to conform to CAN3-G401. ' 2.3 Finishes 1. All steel shall be galvanized and painted per details. ' PART 3-EXECUTION ' 3.1 Preparation and Examination I. Notify consultant prior to start of installation in case of conflict. 2. Remove debris and correct ground undulations along fence line to obtain smooth uniform gradient between posts. ' 3.2 Erection of Fence 1. Erect fence along lines indicated,plumb,level with posts accurately aligned. ' STEEL FENCING Section 02840 ' Page 2 ' 2. Excavate post holes minimum 250 mm diameter and 1200 mm deep for line posts and minimum 350 mm diameter and 1200 mm deep for corner and end posts by methods approved by ' consultant. 3. Space line posts maximum 2000 mm apart,measured parallel to ground surface. ' 4. Place concrete in post holes then embed posts into concrete to minimum 1000 mm depth. Extend concrete 50 mm above ground level and slope to drain away from posts. Form top 150 mm of post foundations; rub smooth and round edges of exposed concrete. Brace to hold posts ' in plumb until concrete has set. 5. Do not install fence panels until concrete has cured minimum 5 days. ' 3.3. Touch Up 1. Repair damaged galvanized surfaces. Clean damaged surfaces with wire brush removing loose ' and cracked coatings. Apply two coats of approved zinc pigmented paint to damaged areas. ' END I I 1 ZA50 ' PLASTIC GAP n i n no on n .. nor nnar RAIL5-13ga 25x25mm STEEL TURING (2) ' P05T-14ga 3505mm STEEL TUINNG PICKETS-13 g a 13mrrOD. ROUND STEEL TUBING 03) ' FINISHED GRADE loo 1mr =1 11=1 11=1 11=1 11=1 11=1 11=1 11=1 11= i I I I I I- =I I I=III=III=III-III-III-III-III FO0TING-2o0mmo =11I-I I I-I I , WWTUf5E FORMED CONCRETE FOOTING. -� � I -1 l li IlIIl: I EMBED POST 900mm DEEP MINIM LN. ' NOTES: I. ALL FENCE COMPONENTS TO M STEEL TUDE AS NOTED OR APPROVED EQUAL. ' T. CONCRETE FOR FOOTINGS TO ME 20MPa AT 25 DAYS. 3. COATING : PANELS AND POSTS TO M ZING PLATED AND ' POWDER COATED GLOSS BLACK (POLYESTER). 4. INSTALL AS PER MANUFAGTIRE.F�5 SPECIFICATIONS. 5. MANUFACTURED by COMPACT INDUSTRIES LTD. 25 SHEFFIELD STREET, ToRowo, oNTARio, (4) u9-7921. ' 6. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Drawn, Chackeds MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON FMT BJG ' Scale, Date, 1=25 23/OG/g5 ' Projects Project No-s Drawing No., Rotary Park Phase 4 q1-803 Drawing Titles Fie, D— ' 1200mm STEEL TUBE FNMP-001 LOOP TOP FENCE W V QUEEN STREET 4 n oa fi CEM"t ewe 61d `Jr a ce N •x".30 Q!T CUR/ =a �. 6�` 66 4 �.► `. C.C. w '� _ 10 66 • ♦ �6y X6$1 06' C.C. `06• 6 r[ � co re 0!%TlR V T C'RR CC— RLK C1 Ca %0 CONCRETE N RIOCK II O &WY c0mcnert WALK M 6 6 TK.IPLEX $YA",d :roue .Efs 06� GIANhGtOly WALL Ff YDrLo �4, S 'k'NOLE ePAMa a purl off e?NDu1TS ! I> SEArvE 6. _ . o� A-Z / �Wu .Cs►�p tf-I -tYFE 4 SEE Hurt #4 H �r�nv z" Flbll� P.V. yA-Z S�� nofiE #1 SFa;nvtF D 4 1 2 ` • • Sy 10 P,Wu SEE 11 TE 4 5 P`►..IU+ - ''btio I.. A-6 q_Ap::�2—, Typr- r ('I RIbID w'vL. P. P.�/ Nv1 d •• ` - 'orWu Ir 1 xistl�� 2.1 N Un(:,� J �fOUh 6 —'- t FAGS I;" A�., � lP.lyr7-c uRl7 Cl1AC. S WE w iE m AGH *o •6` TYP uF♦ t kE. -2 u+ &►�p SOU 7 L) C. o I� P..VC cvr,Dwlr c a6 ce W W rqp CP y S TYP a N N �a W o► y I`I4I 1 ;v F A t q. O \ 2s 5RHt4 _ Iq AVIV PVC. p �i� ( I••IOLirr('p ,e 14 ryv o n P.v G. ohs'of F+�F_ + KA ' to°' �q_7 \` EP.-MALr1�t-J.���� ir o Mkl:lc��; i�, -z / • xl t 1� (cfiynuF e o MA f< 0606 \ ce #12 PWJK'C 1 '4'vi L,o� 1 CI + \ rFC-K CABLI F ' '6 \ " O •6 61 • rOp ♦0" ��. •e. O\ \ - O \1tOM 66, �•VA\ ce CO �T"0VFAIf:xISTIH6 MA EK1 QUEEN STREET, nu E l�lr.� •�PTF-K, HAL.t- 1 � 1' ya �e NO oe I It7 T�LLEI% wNO. b' p b• _ � CENTRE LINE OF ASPHALT - « 1 - ----T - bb eb q1 ,�9 �9 b / b, °1. � � CONCRETE CURB l - _8 2_66_ - �+�a''s ' ':f:s4: :':'::: : ....•. .:.t••i.::.:;.::.::.�:.:. '. LAfiGAEYt..sa96witL3o F:'.'6.'..•.•:•'•'>`:CU:CU W7_tuaa y .c.•.7Xb 30"W t:oW:9+:P f.L:L:••:M:.•.• : 1 a SIGN CONCRET[ C R0 !i-L_3• :•6.••••.t••.': t••'�' " _ - :'l:ONLF�Ti;:;:;atDEriAtr:':;:;��:' •!a�.{�'•`••• SI re O 01 �yy FXISt�lI;7 `_,TONS tvA'rLL 1q Ob. t PAS Inb FA t - " "•"••'` b . e. 6DG Sit ��� r;/Isar,; Tri _ Df:A►VIIIu nfi• -I.I I as �v Ihr% b SE 1•JII 1 L7 A 2.1 A S•2 erg Post ,4iYD�-•rtt" � �.FS ::..:'..' �` SEE DE TMI� D- �[S :oNGF�TE f'A\/lrt& I 0 ..............w Wlrtt IrI PAVn& ta1+i�-sue D��I� 00 �yb-1 mp r�•D-2 g A� �1� Q X/�' e qw tih�. of oer 5000 :I L G t COLUM TYr. � / S DET'AII-rV- D-8 do -y COnt JOIN I, ::••::••::••: O >o cxl ..n � - •..:::;:: o I din <•....... a rop i ' N + . ...m..••..• 'P \ p!t°\ e1 N 67 �o A11. r1o• p-10 + vy iII�1` \ I-Y 1.7 M Tr- WALK A`� \ - •:: :: :: nay Mo. v-) �� i�+ .....:".... j R F•GGptaGll: ITE NO, b-11 - 4A , K• • zu00 coo .. ................. ::. .. LI GOLNk11'1 - 1 /P• e --- - _ o' S E AI h D-0 be D-9 �c 1 X500 S� DEVIL nO n-2 93° °ti �\ \. "G. 0 rO .UNC.F_ T L _ I_��1'(� - of 04 c9 �c 9 NK '9 y..• F F' b a►^ o.' �'RCC/�S1' cal IG��f F ro *,t fz 'AiN IN G Fte c�E dETAIt, re 0. ^ D `1 , INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS Page 1 1. Scope of Work ' 1. Your bid shall include a unit price for all labour,materials, equipment and services to complete the work described in the specifications,drawings,details and addenda(if issued). 2. Delivery and Opening of Tenders 1. Tenders,sealed in envelopes which shall be clearly marked with the project title will be received by the clerk before 2:00 pm(Local Time)Wednesday,June 28, 1995 at the following address: ' The Clerk,Municipality of Clarington,40 Temperance Street,Bowmanville Ontario UC 3A6. Tenders will not be accepted unless submitted in the envelopes provided. 2. Tenders will be opened publicly after all submissions are received. 3. The use of the mails for delivery of a tender will be at the risk of the tenderer and delivery by the postal agency or the Government of Ontario or employee of the agency of the Crown,concerned with the reception or distribution of mail, will not be regarded as delivery unless the envelope comes into the possession of the above mentioned representative before said closing time. 3. Preparation of Tenders 1. All tenders must be made upon the standard construction document CCDC 4, 1982,tender form, based on unit prices. The tenderer must give the price for the work both in words and in figures. 4. Tender Acceptance and Contract Award 1. As soon as practicable after opening the tenders,the owner will act upon them. The acceptance of a tender will be notice in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of the owner,and no other act of the owner shall constitute the acceptance of a tender. Acceptance of a tender shall bind the successful tenderer to execute the contract. 2. The tenderer whose tender is accepted will be required to execute the contract within seven days (excepting Sundays and statutory holidays) after mailing of notice that the contract documents are available for execution. Failure to do so shall constitute a breach of the agreement effected by the acceptance of his tender. In the event that a tenderer, whose tender is accepted, fails or refuses to execute the contract as hereinbefore provided,the owner may at his option,determine that such tenderer has abandoned his tender and the acceptance thereof shall be null and void, and bid deposit will be due to owner. 5. Rejection of Tenders 1. The owner reserves the right to accept any tender or reject all tenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,any tender which is incomplete, conditional, illegible or obscure or ' which contains additions not called for,reservations,erasures,alterations or irregularities of any kind may be rejected. I INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS Page 2 ' 6. Discrepancies,Omissions,Interpretations 1. Should a tenderer find discrepancies in or omissions from the contract documents or be in doubt as to any meaning or have any questions whatsoever in connection with the tender, they should enquire directly from Mr. Brian Giberson of Cosburn/Giberson Consultants Inc., telephone No. (905)475-6988 or facsimile(905)475-5930. No oral interpretations will be effective to modify any provisions of the contract documents, unless a written addendum has been issued by the landscape architect prior to tender closing. ' 7. Withdrawal Of Qualifying Tenders 1. A tenderer may withdraw or revise his tender at any time up to the official closing ime b g Y ' submitting a letter bearing his signatures and seal as in his tender to the Municipality Clerk,who will mark thereon the time and date of receipt and will place the letter in the tender box. The tenderer shall show his name and the project title on the envelope containing such letter. No telegrams or telephone calls will be considered. 8. Required Information 1. Any Tenderer may be required to supply any or all of the following information prior to tender awardor contract execution. a) Details of the tenderer's experience including details of the work performed, for whom and the value. b) Numbers and functions of personnel to be employed on the work. C) Proposed construction schedule showing clearly,in the stages,the proposed progress of the work to the time of completion as stated in the tender. jd) List of construction equipment to be provided on the work to enable construction to progress according the the proposed construction schedule. 9. Bid Deposit t1. A bid deposit is required with this tender. Deposit shall be in the form of a certified cheque by the bank on which it is drawn, bank draft, money order equal to, or greater than, the amount shown in the table below,unless otherwise stipulated. Total Amount of Tender Minimum De sit Required $ 20,000.00 or less $ 1,000.00 $ 20,000.01 to $ 50,000.00 $ 2,000.00 $ 50,000.01 to $ 100,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ 100,000.01 to $ 250,000.00 $ 10,000.00 $ 250,000.01 to $ 500,000.00 $25,000.00 $ 500,000.01 to $ 1,000,000.00 $50,000.00 $ 1,000,000.01 to $2,000,000.00 $100,000.00 $2,000,000.01 to $3,000,000.00 $200,000.00 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS Page 3 $3,000,000.01 to $4,000,000.00 $300 000.00 $4,000,000.01 to $5,000.000.00 $400,000.00 0 1 $5,000,000.01 to $6,000,000.00 $500,000.00 $6,000,000.01 or over $600,000.00 2. Security Deposit will be returned within a reasonable time to all except the low and second low bidders. Upon execution of the contract by the successful tenderer, the second low bidder's deposit will be returned. The successful bidder will receive his security deposit after a satisfactory performance bond has been received and an Agreement or Contract has been signed. 10. Letter of Performance ' 1. A letter from a bonding company acceptable to the owner,agreeing to issue the required Performance Bond to the tenderer. Said bond shall be one hundred percent(100%)of the contract sum and shall guarantee the faithful carrying out of the work to satisfactory completion. r2. A letter from a bonding company acceptable to the owner,agreeing to issue the required Labour and Materials Bond to the tenderer. Said Bond shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the contract sum and shall guarantee the faithful carrying out of the work to satisfactory completion. 11. Submissions Required 1. The following documents are required to be submitted prior to signing of contract documents. a) Performance Bond b) Insurance Policies C) Workers'Compensation Insurance Compliance Refer to the appropriate sections in the contract documents for the specific information required of the aforementioned. 2. The bidder agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Municipality of Clarington for all actions, suites,claims and demands and costs arising by reason on injury and death to any person from the work of this tender. 3. The bidder shall take out and keep in force, a policy of comprehensive liability and property damage insurance in an amount of not less than$2,000,000.00 inclusive each occurrence or such larger amount as may be required by the Town and shall include as a named insured THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON. A certified copy of such policy or certificate of such insurance shall be provided prior to commencement of work. 4. The bidder shall provide the Town with a Certificate of Clearance Form from the Worker's Compensation Board prior to the commencement of work and prior to any payment after completion of the wor k s,certifying that all liabilities payable to the Board have been paid,that the bidder is in good standing with the Board, and the Municipality will not be liable to the I INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS Page 4 Board for future payments in connection with the bidder's completion of the project. All of the bidders personnel must be covered by the Board at the bidder's expense. ' Further Certificate of Clearance Forms must be provided as, and when, required by the Municipality. 5. The Contractor shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Acts, Ordinances, Regulations, Orders-in-Council and By-Laws, which could in any way pertain to the work out- lined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Contractor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,the contractor shall satis fy all statutory requirements imposed sed b the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a Contractor, a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Contractor's obligations under this Contract. 6. The contractor shall be aware of and conform to all governing regulations including those established by the Municipality relating to employee health and safety. The contractor shall keep employees and subcontractors informed of such regulations. 12. Starting Dates 1. The project shall begin July 12, 1995 13. Completion Dates 1. The project shall be certified substantially complete on or before September 29, 1995. END 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 1.0 Governing Documents 1. The following documents shall govern as the general conditions for this project: Standard Construction Document CCDC 4 File 00530,00720 1982 Unit Price Contract Available at: Toronto Construction Association Construction Centre 1 Sparks Avenue ' Willowdale,Ontario M2H 2W1 (416)499-4000 2.0 Amendments 1. The 1982 Amendment to CCDC 4 shall integrally form part of the General Conditions. a) GC 14-Certificates and Payments Substitute the new 1982 versions of GC 14.12 and GC 14.13. Add a new general condition as GC 14.14. b) GC 19-Indemnification Substitute the new 1982 versions of GC 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3. Add a new general condition as GC 19.14. C) GC 20-Insurance Substitute the new 1982 version of GC 20.1(a). END Standard Construction Document — CCDC 4— 1982 DEFINITIONS ' The following Definitions shall apply to all Contract Documents. 1. The Contract ' Thr.°Contract Documents form the Contract. The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreement between the parties. The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations, ' representations or agreements, either written or oral, including the bidding documents. The Contract may be amended only as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract. ' 2. Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of the executed Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, the General Conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions, Definitions, specifications, drawings and such other documents as are listed in Article A-2 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS including amendments ' thereto incorporated before the execution of the Contract and subsequent amendments thereto made pursuant to the provisions of the Contract and agreed upon between the parties. 3. Owner The Owner is the person, firm or corporation identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Owner or his authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing but ' does not include the Consultant. 4. Consultant ' The Consultant is the person, firm or corporation identified as such in the Agreement, and is an Architect or Engineer licensed to practice in the province or territory of the Place of the Work, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. ' 5. Contractor The Contractor is the person, firm or corporation identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term Contrac- tfor means the Contractor or his authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing. 6. Subcontractor ' A Subcontractor is a person, firm or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts of the Work, or to supply products worked to a special design according to the Contract Documents, but does not include one who merely supplies products not so worked.The term Subcontrac- tor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. 7. The Project The Project means the total construction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part. 8. The Work The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. ' 9. Products Products means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming the Work but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment. 10. Other Contractor ' Other Contractor means a person, firm or corporation employed by or having a separate contract directly or indirectly with the Owner for work other than that required by the Contract Documents. CCDC 4— 1982 File 00530 9 11. Place of the Work The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Project of which the Work may be the whole or a part. 12. Time , (a) The Contract Time is the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the Work. ' (b) The date of Substantial Performance of the Work is the date certified as such by the Consultant. (c) Day means the calendar day. (d) Working day means days other than Saturdays, Sundays and holidays which are observed by the construction industry in the area of the Place of the Work. ' 13. Substantial Performance of the Work Substantial Performance of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the ' Work. If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such definition, Substantial Performance of the Work shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so certified by the Consultant. 14. Total Performance of the Work T _ Total Performance of the Work means when the entire Work, except those items arising from the provi- sions of GC 24 — WARRANTY, has been performed to the requirements of the Contract Documents and , is so certified by the Consultant. 15. Changes in the Work ' Changes in the Work means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease or alteration of lines, grades, dimensions, methods, drawings or materials of the Work or part thereof, within the scope of the Work contemplated by the Contract Documents. 16. Extra Work ' Extra Work means any work or service, the performance of which is beyond the scope of the Work contemplated by the Contract Documents. ' 10 CCOC 4—1982 File 00630 ' Standard Construction Document — CCDC 4—1982 ' THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE UNIT PRICE CONTRACT (Hereinafter referred to as the General Conditions.) GC 1 DOCUMENTS ' 1.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in duplicate by the Owner and the Contractor. 1.2 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. ' 1.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, products and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with these documents. It is not intended, however, that the Con- tractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with, covered by or properly inferable from ' the Contract Documents. 1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. ' 1.5 References to the masculine or the singular shall be considered to include the feminine and the plural as the context requires. 1.6 In the event of conflicts between Contract Documents the following shall apply: (a) figured dimensions shown on a drawing shall govern even though they may differ from dimensions scaled on the same drawing, (b) drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale of the same date, (c) specifications shall govern over drawings, (d) the General Conditions shall govern over specifications, ' (e) Supplementary Conditions shall govern over the General Conditions,and (f) the executed Agreement between the Owner and Contractor shall govern over all documents. ' Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents of later date shall always govern. 1.7 The Contractor shall be provided without charge with as many copies of the Contract Documents or parts thereof as are necessary for the performance of the Work. ' 1.8 The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents and shop drawings at the Place of the Work, in good order and available to the Consultant and his representatives. This requirement shall not be considered to include the executed set of Contract Documents. ' 1.9 Drawings, specifications, models and copies thereof furnished by the Consultant are and shall remain his property with the exception of the signed contract sets belonging to each party to this Contract. Such documents and models are to be used only with respect to the Work and are not to be used on other work. ' Such documents and models are not to be copied or revised in any manner without the written authoriza- tion of the Consultant. 1.10 Models furnished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense are the property of the Owner. GC 2 ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS 2.1 During the progress of the Work the Consultant will furnish to the Contractor such additional instructions to supplement the Contract Documents as may be necessary for the performance of the Work. Such in- structions shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. ' 2.2 Additional instructions may be in the form of specifications, drawings, samples, models or other written instructions. 2.3 Additional instructions will be issued by the Consultant with reasonable promptness and in accordance with a schedule agreed upon for such instructions. ' CCDC 4— 1982 File 00720 11 GC3 CONSULTANT 3.1 The Consultant will provide administration of this Contract as described in the Contract Documents. 3.2 The Consultant will be the Owner's representative during construction and until completion of any , correction of defects under the provisions of GC 24 — WARRANTY, paragraph 24.2, or until the issuance of the Certificate of Total Performance of the Work, whichever is later. The Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded through the Consultant. The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written ' agreement in accordance with paragraph 3.13. 3.3 The Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control or charge of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs required for the , Work in accordance with the applicable construction safety legislation, other regulations or general con- struction practice. The Consultant will not be responsible for or have control or charge over the acts or omissions of the Contractor, his Subcontractors, or their agents, employees or other persons performing any of the Work. ' 3.4 The Consultant will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the progress of construction to familiarize himself with the progress and quality of the Work and to record the data necessary to establish the pay quantities under the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices. , 3.5 Based on the Consultant's observations and his evaluation of the Contractor's applications for payment, the Consultant will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue cer- tificates for payment in such amounts, as provided in Article A-4 — PAYMENT and GC 14 — CER- TIFICATES AND PAYMENTS. 3.6 The Consultant will be, in the first instance,the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and decisions ' of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and in making his deci- sions he will not show partiality to either party. 3.7 Claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance of the Work or the ' interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Consultant in writing for decision which he will give in writing within a reasonable time. 3.8 The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in his opinion does not conform to the ' requirements of the Contract Documents. Whenever he considers it necessary or advisable he will have authority to require special inspection or testing of work whether or not such work be then fabricated, in- stalled or completed. However, neither the Consultant's authority to act nor any decision made by him either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Consul- ' tant to the Contractor, his Subcontractors, or their agents, employees or other persons performing any of the Work. 3.9 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as shop ' drawings,product data,and samples,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Consultant will prepare change orders in accordance with the requirements of GC 11 — CHANGES IN THE WORK AND EXTRA WORK. ' 3.11 The Consultant will conduct inspections to determine the date of Substantial Performance of the Work and Total Performance of the Work in accordance with the requirements of GC 14 — CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS. He will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the , Contract and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for his acceptance. 3.12 If the Owner and the Consultant agree, the Consultant will provide at the site one or more project ' representatives to assist the Consultant in carrying out his responsibilities. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in writing to the Contractor but shall in any event provide for the timely recording of the data necessary to establish the pay quantities under the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices. 3.13 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract Documents will not be modified or extended without the written consent of the Owner,the Contractor and the Consultant. , 3.14 In the event of the termination of the employment of the Consultant,the Owner shall immediately appoint a Consultant to whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract shall be that of the former Consultant. 12 CCDC4—1882 FileW72D ' 3.15 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between the Consultant and the Contractor, his Subcontractors, his suppliers, or their agents, employees or other persons performing any of the Work. GC 4 DELAYS ' 4.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an act or omission of the Owner, Consultant, Other Contractor, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may decide in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 4.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work order issued by a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contrac- t for or anyone employed or engaged by him directly or indirectly, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may decide in consultation with the Contractor. The Contrac- tor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 4.3 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by labour disputes, strikes, lock-outs (including lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized contractors'association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), fire, unusual delay by common carriers or unavoidable casualties or, without limit to any of the foregoing, by a cause beyond the Contractor's control, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may decide in consultation with the Contractor, but in no case shall the extension of time be less than the ' time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless such shorter extension be agreed to by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless such delays are as the result of actions by the Owner. 4.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless written notice of claim is given to the Consultant not later than fourteen (14) days after the commencement of delay, providing however, that in the case of a continuing cause of delay only one notice of claim shall be necessary. 4.5 If no schedule is made under GC 2 — ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS, no claim for delay shall be allowed ' because of failure to furnish instructions until fourteen (14) days after a demand for such instructions has been made and not then unless such claim is reasonable. 4.6 The Consultant will not, except by written notice to the Contractor, stop or delay the Work pending ' instructions or proposed changes in the Work. GC 5 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK OR STOP THE WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT ' 5.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of his insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of his insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy he may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice,terminate the Contract. 5.2 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists, the Owner may notify the Contractor in writing that he is in default of his contractual obligations and instruct him to correct the default in the five (5) working days immediately following the receipt of such notice. 5.3 If the correction of the default cannot be completed in the five (5) working days specified, the Contractor shall be in compliance with the Owner's instructions if he: (a) commences the correction of the default within the specified time,and (b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction,and (c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule. 5.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, ' without prejudice to any other right or remedy he may have,may: (a) correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the Con- tractor provided the Consultant has certified such cost to the Owner and the Contractor,or ' (b) terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part or terminate the Contract. CCDC 4— 1982 File 00720 13 5.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work under the conditions set out in ' this General Condition, he shall: (a) be entitled to take possession of the premises and products and utilize the construction machinery ' and equipment the whole subject to the rights of third parties, and finish the Work by whatever method he may consider expedient but without undue delay or expense, and (b) withhold further payments to the Contractor until the Work is finished, and (c) upon Total Performance of the Work, charge the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of ' finishing the Work as certified by the Consultant, including compensation to the Consultant for his additional services and a reasonable allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections to work performed by the Contractor that may be required under GC 24 — WARRANTY, exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price; however, if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid balance of the Contract Price,he shall pay the Contractor the difference,and (d) on expiry of the warranty period, charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections ' to his work under GC 24 — WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections, or if the cost of such corrections is less than the allowance,pay the Contractor the difference. 5.6 If a performance bond has been provided by the Contractor the provisions of this General Condition shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of such performance bond. ' 5.7 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction and warranty of the work performed by him up to the time of termination shall continue in force after such termination. GC 6 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT ' 6.1 If the Owner should be adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of his insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of his insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy he may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice,terminate the Contract. 6.2 If the Work should be stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of thirty (30) days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or ' fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by him, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy he may have, by giving the Owner written notice, terminate the Contract. 6.3 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing,with a copy to the Consultant,that the Owner is in default , of his contractual obligations if: (a) the Consultant fails to issue a certificate in accordance with the provisions of GC 14 — CER- TIFICATES AND PAYMENTS, or , (b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded by arbitration or court, or (c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant con- ' firms by written statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists. The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the five (5) working days immediately following the receipt of the written notice the Contractor may, without pre- ' judice to any other right or remedy he may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. 6.4 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out above, he shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed in accordance with the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices and for loss sustained ' upon products and construction machinery and equipment and such other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as a result of the termination of the Contract. GC 7 DISPUTES 7.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation, application or administration of ' this Contract or any failure to agree where agreement between the parties is called for, herein collectively called disputes, which are not resolved in the first instance by decision of the Consultant pursuant to the provisions of GC 3 — CONSULTANT, paragraphs 3.6 and 3.7, shall be settled in accordance with the re- quirements of this General Condition. 14 CCDC 4—1982 File 00720 ' The claimant shall give written notice of such dispute to the other party no later than thirty (30)days after the receipt of the Consultant's decision given under GC 3 — CONSULTANT, paragraph 3.7. Such notice shall set forth particulars of the matters in dispute, the probable extent and value of the damage and the ' relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. The other party shall reply to such notice no later than fourteen (14) days after he receives or is considered to have received it, setting out in such reply his grounds and other relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. ' If the matter in dispute is not resolved promptly the Consultant will give such instructions as in his opinion are necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instructions, it being understood that by so doing neither party will jeopardize any claim they may have. If it is subsequently determined that such ' instructions were in error or at variance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the Contractor costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instructions which he was required to do beyond what the Contract Documents correctly understood and interpreted would have required him to do, including costs resulting from interruption of the Work. 7.4 It is agreed that no act by either parry shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of his rights or recourses, provided he has given the notices in accordance with paragraph 7.2 and has carried out the instructions as provided in paragraph 7.3. ' 7.5 If the parties have agreed to submit disputes to arbitration pursuant to a Supplementary Condition to the Contract, or by subsequent agreement, then the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the arbitration legislation of the Place of the Work. ' 7.6 If no provision or agreement is made for arbitration then either party may submit the dispute to such judicial tribunal as the circumstances may require. 7.7 In recognition of the obligation by the Contractor to perform the disputed work as provided in paragraph ' 7.3, it is agreed that settlement of dispute proceedings may be commenced immediately following the dispute in accordance with the aforegoing settlement of dispute procedures. ' GC 8 ASSIGNMENT 8.1 Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of the other,which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. GC 9 OTHER CONTRACTORS 9.1 The Owner reserves the right to let separate contracts in connection with the Project of which the Work is a part, or do certain work by his own forces. 9.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different parts of the Project, or work is performed by the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall: (a) provide for the co-ordination of the work of his own forces and of each separate contract with the Work of this Contract, and ' (b) ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in GC 20 —INSURANCE. Such insurance shall be co-ordinated with the insurance coverage of this Contractor as it affects the Work of this Contract. 9.3 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work of this Contract with the work of Other Contractors and ' connect as specified or shown in the Contract Documents. If there is a change in the scope of the work re- quired for the planning and performance of this co-ordination and connection, the changes shall be authorized in accordance with GC 11 — CHANGES IN THE WORK AND EXTRA WORK, and the value of the changes shall be determined in accordance with GC 12 — VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK. 9.4 The Contractor shall report to the Consultant any apparent deficiencies in Other Contractors' work which would affect the Work of this Contract immediately they come to his attention and shall confirm such ' report in writing. Failure by the Contractor to so report shall invalidate any claims against the Owner by reason of the deficiencies of Other Contractors' work except as to those of which he was not reasonably aware. ' 9.5 The Owner shall take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from the work of Other Contractors. CCDC 4— 1982 File 00720 15 GC 10 SUBCONTRACTORS 10. 1 The Contractor agrees to preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work to be performed under subcontract and to: (a) enter into contracts or written agreements with his Subcontractors to require them to perform their ' work in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents,and (b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of his Subcontractors and of persons ' directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. The Contractor therefore agrees that he will incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all subcontract agreements he enters into with his Subcontractors. 10.2 The Contractor agrees to employ those Subcontractors proposed by him in writing and accepted by the ' Owner at the signing of the Contract. 10.3 The Owner may, for reasonable cause, object to the use of a proposed Subcontractor and require the Contractor to employ one of the other subcontract bidders. ' 10.4 In the event that the Owner requires a change from a proposed Subcontractor the Contract Price shall be adjusted by the difference in cost and mark-up occasioned by such required change. 10.5 The Contractor shall not be required to employ as a Subcontractor a person or firm to whom he may ' reasonably object. 10.6 The Consultant may, upon reasonable request and at his discretion, provide to a Subcontractor information as to the percentage or quantity of the Subcontractor's work which has been certified for ' payment. 10.7 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a Subcontractor and the Owner. ' GC 11 CHANGES IN THE WORK AND EXTRA WORK ' 11.1 Changes in the Work: Except as provided in GC 12 — VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK, paragraph 12.4: (a) the Owner, through the Consultant, without invalidating the Contract, may make Changes in the , Work with the Contract Price and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly by written order,and (b) no Changes in the Work shall be proceeded with without a written order signed by the Owner and no claim for a change in the Contract Price or change in the Contract Time shall be valid unless so ' ordered and at the same time valued or agreed to be valued as provided in GC 12 — VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK. 11.2 Extra Work: , (a) The Owner may offer the Contractor Extra Work. If the terms and conditions for the performance of the Extra Work are agreed upon, the Owner, through the Consultant, shall issue a written change order amending the Contract Price and Contract Time as appropriate, or a written order to proceed ' until a price and change in time are agreed upon by the parties and a change order can be issued. GC 12 VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK , 12.1 If the type of work involved in a Change in the Work is included in the items contained in the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices in Article A-3 — CONTRACT PRICE,paragraph(c),it shall be performed on the same ' payment basis as the original Work except as described in paragraphs 12.7 and 12.8, and the Contract Time shall be extended for such time as the Consultant may decide in consultation with the Contractor. 12.2 If the type of work involved in a Change in the Work is not included in the items contained in the Schedule ' of Contract Unit Prices in Article A-3 — CONTRACT PRICE, paragraph(c),or is such as to alter the nature or intent of the work included in this Schedule, the value of such change shall be determined in one or more of the following methods: (a) by estimate and acceptance in a lump sum; ' (b) by unit prices agreed upon; (c) by cost and a fixed or percentage fee; ' (d) by variation of the Contract Unit Prices. 16 CCDC 4—1962 File 00720 ' 12.3 When a Change in the Work covered by paragraph 12.2 is proposed or required the Contractor shall present to the Consultant for approval his claim for a change in the Contract Price and change in Contract Time with appropriate documentation in a form acceptable to the Consultant. The Consultant will satisfy ' himself as to the correctness of such claim and, when approved by the Owner, a change order shall be issued to the Contractor amending the Contract Price and Contract Time as appropriate. The value of work performed in the change shall be included for payment with the regular certificates for payment. 12.4 In the case of Changes in the Work to be paid for under methods(b)and (c)of paragraph 12.2, the form of ' presentation of costs and methods of measurement shall be agreed to by the Consultant and Contractor before proceeding with the change. The Contractor shall keep accurate records, as agreed upon, of quantities or costs and present an account of the cost of the Change in the Work, together with vouchers ' where applicable. 12.5 If the method of valuation, measurement, change in Contract Price and change in Contract Time cannot be promptly agreed upon, and the change is required to be proceeded with then the Consultant in the first instance will determine the method of valuation, measurement and the change in Contract Price and Contract Time subject to final determination in the manner set out in GC 7 — DISPUTES. In this case the Consultant will, with the consent of the Owner, issue a written authorization for the change setting out the method of valuation and if by lump sum his valuation of the change in Contract Price and Contract Time. ' 12.6 In the case of a dispute in the valuation of a change authorized in the Work and pending final determination of such value, the Consultant will certify the value of work performed in accordance with his own evaluation of the change and include the amount with the regular certificates for payment. The Contractor shall keep accurate records of quantities and cost of such work. ' 12.7 Should the actual quantity of an item in the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices referred to in ArticJe A-3 — CONTRACT PRICE, paragraph (c), vary by more than 15% of the estimated quantity, either the Owner or the Contractor may request a revision to the Contract Unit Price contained in the Schedule. Such a re- ' quest for a revision in a Contract Unit Price shall be given as soon as reasonably possible after the party concerned becomes aware of the circumstances. 12.8 If a revision to a Contract Unit Price is negotiated, then: ' la) the revised unit price in the case of a decrease of more than 15% of the estimated quantity will apply to the actual work performed for that item, and (b) the revised unit price in the case of an increase of more than 15% of the estimated quantity will apply ' to the excess quantity of work for that item only. 12.9 If either party requests renegotiation of a Contract Unit Price, both parties agree to act promptly in order to arrive at an equitable revision of the Contract Unit Price prior to proceeding with the work so affected. If agreement of such renegotiation cannot be reached, the Contractor shall proceed with the work and the ' matter shall be subject to final determination in the manner set out in GC 7 — DISPUTES. Pending such settlement, payment for the work performed shall be made on the regular certificates for payment on the basis of the Contract Unit Prices. ' 12.10 It is intended in all matters referred to above that the Owner, the Consultant and Contractor shall act promptly. ' GC 13 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 13.1 Applications for payment on account may be made monthly as the Work progresses. 13.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the ' amount claimed shall be for the value of work performed and products delivered to the Place of the Work at that date. 13.3 Applications for payment for products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery of the products. 13.4 Applications for release of holdback monies following Substantial Performance of the Work and the application for final payment shall be made at the time and in the manner set forth in GC 14 — ' CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS. GC 14 CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS ' 14.1 The Consultant will, no later than ten (10) days after the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor submitted in accordance with GC 13 — APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT, issue a certificate for payment in the amount applied for or in such other amount as he determines to be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application, he will promptly notify the Contractor in writing giving his reasons for the amendment. CCDC 4— 1912 File 00720 17 14.2 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account in accordance with the provisions of Article A-4 — PAYMENT no later than fifteen(15)days after the issuance of a certificate for payment by the Con- sultant. 14.3 The Consultant will, no later than ten (10)days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for a ' certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, make an inspection and assessment of the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will, no later than seven (7) days after his inspection, notify the Contractor of his approval or the reasons for his disapproval of the application. When the Con- ' sultant finds that Substantial Performance of the Work has been reached he will issue such a certificate. The date of Substantial Performance of the Work shall be as stated in this certificate. Immediately follow- ing the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,the Consultant, in consultation with the Contractor,will establish a reasonable date for the Total Performance of the Work. ' 14.4 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of holdback monies. The holdback monies authorized by this certificate shall become due and payable on the day following the expiration of the statutory limitation ' period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work or where such legislation does not exist or apply in accordance with such other legislation, industry practice or such other provisions which may be agreed to between the parties, providing that the Owner may retain out of such holdback monies any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or other monetary claims against , the Contractor and enforceable against the Owner and that the Contractor has submitted to the Owner a sworn statement that all accounts for labour, subcontracts, products, construction machinery and equip- ment and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the Substantial Performance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible have been paid in , full except holdback monies properly retained. 14.5 Where legislation permits and where, upon application by the Contractor, the Consultant has certified that the work of a Subcontractor has been totally performed to his satisfaction prior to the Substantial Per- ' formance of the Work, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback retained for such Subcontractor on the day following the expiration of the statutory limitation period for such Subcontractor stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. 14.6 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 14.5 and notwithstanding the wording of such certificates ' the Contractor shall ensure that such work is protected pending the Total Performance of the Work and be responsible for the correction of defects in it regardless of whether or not they were apparent when such certificates were issued. ' 14.7 The Consultant will, no later than ten (10)days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for payment upon Total Performance of the Work, make an inspection and assessment of the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will, no later than seven (7)days after his inspection, notify ' the Contractor of his approval or the reasons for his disapproval of the application. When the Consultant finds that Total Performance of the Work has been reached he will issue a certificate of Total Performance of the Work and certify for payment the remaining monies due to the Contractor under the Contract less holdback monies which are required to be retained. The date of Total Performance of the Work shall be as , stated in this certificate. Subject to the provisions of GC 18 — WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE, paragraph 18.1 the Owner shall, no later than fifteen (15) days after the issuance of such certificate, make payment to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of Article A-4 — PAY- MENT. ' 14.8 The release of the remaining holdback monies shall become due and payable on the day following the expiration of the statutory limitation period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, or where such legislation does not exist or apply in accordance with such other legislation, industry ' practice or such other provisions which may be agreed to between the parties, providing that the Owner may retain out of such holdback monies any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or other monetary claims against the Contractor and enforceable against the Owner and that the Contractor has submitted to the Owner a sworn statement that all accounts for labour, subcontracts, products, , construction machinery and equipment and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the Total Performance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible have been paid in full except holdback monies properly retained. ' 14.9 If because of climatic or other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor there are items of work that cannot be performed, payment in full for work which has been performed as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof, but the Owner may withhold until the remaining work is finished only such monies as the Consultant determines are sufficient , and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work and to adequately protect the Owner from claims. 18 CCDC 4—1962 File 00720 ' 14.10 No payment made by the Owner under this Contract or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work or products which are not in accordance with the re- quirements of the Contract Documents. ' 14.11 All certificates issued by the Consultant shall be to the best of his knowledge, information and belief. By issuing any certificate the Consultant does not guarantee the correctness or completeness of the Work. 14.12 As of the date of Total Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Total Performance of the ' Work, the Owner expressly waives and releases the Contractor from all claims against the Contractor including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Contractor except one or more of the following: (a) those made in writing prior to the date of Total Performance of the Work and still unsettled; ' (b) ',hose arising from the provisions of GC 19 — INDEMNIFICATION or GC 24 — WARRANTY; In the Common Law provinces GC 14.12(c)shall read as follows: ' (c) those made in writing within a period of six years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the ' Work and arising from any liability of the Contractor for damages resulting from his performance of the Contract with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the Work for which the Contractor is proven responsible. ' As used herein "substantial defects or deficiencies"means those defects or deficiencies in the Work which affect the Work to such an extent or in such manner that a significant part or the whole of the Work is unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents. ' In the Province of Quebec GC 14.12(c)shall read as follows: (c) those arising under the provisions of Article 1688 of the Civil Code. 14.13 As of the date of Total Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Total Performance of the ' Work, the Contractor expressly waives and releases the Owner from all claims against the Owner including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Owner except those made in writing prior to the Contractor's application for payment upon Total Performance of the Work and still unsettled. ' 14.14 Notwithstanding GC 1 — DOCUMENTS, paragraph 1.6, in the event of conflict between the provisions of this General Condition and Article A-5 — RIGHTS AND REMEDIES paragraph (a)or GC 22 — DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY,the provisions of this General Condition shall govern. ' GC 16 TAXES AND DUTIES 15.1 Unless otherwise stated in Supplementary Conditions the Contractor shall pay the government sales ' taxes,customs duties and excise taxes with respect to the Contract. 15.2 Where an exemption or recovery of government sales taxes,customs duties or excise taxes is applicable to the Contract,the procedure shall be as established in the Supplementary Conditions. ' 15.3 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such taxes and duties after the date of the tender shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly. GC 16 LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS AND FEES 16.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work. 16.2 The Contractor shall obtain the permits, licences and certificates and pay the fees required for the performance of the Work which are in force at the date of tender closing, but this shall not include the obtaining of permanent easements or rights of servitude. 16.3 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes and orders of the authorities having jurisdiction which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work, to the preservation of the public health, and to construction safety. ' CCDC 4— 1982 File 00720 19 16.4 The Contractor shall not be responsible for verifying that the Contract Documents are in compliance with r the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and codes relating to the Work. If the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, or changes which require modification to the Contract Documents are made to the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and codes by the authorities having jurisdiction subse- quent to the date of tender closing, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing requesting direc- tion immediately such variance or change becomes known to him. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract Documents in accordance with GC 11 — CHANGES IN THE WORK AND EXTRA WORK and the value of the changes shall be determined in accordance with GC 12 — VALUA- TION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK. 16.5 ' If the Contractor fails to notify the Consultant in writing and obtain his direction as required in paragraph 16.4 and performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes and ' orders of the authorities having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof and shall bear the costs, expense and damages attributable to his failure to comply with the provisions of such laws,ordinances,rules, regulations,codes and orders. GC 17 PATENT FEES , 17.1 The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the , Contract.. He shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention by the Contractor or anyone for whose acts he may be liable. , 17.2 The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims,demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose ' of the Contract, the model, plan or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract Documents. GC 18 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE , 18.1 Prior to commencing the Work and prior to receiving payment on Substantial and Total Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with the requirements of the province or territory of the Place of the Work with respect to workers' compensation insurance including payments ' due thereunder. 18.2 At any time during the term of the Contract, when requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide such evidence of compliance by himself and his Subcontractors. ' GC 19 INDEMNIFICATION 19.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant, their agents and ' employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits or proceedings by third parties that arise out of, or are attributable to, the Contractor's performance of the Contract (hereinafter called"claims"),provided such claims are: (a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible pro- ' perty,and (b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts he may be liable, and ,(c) made in writing within a period of six years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work,as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above. , 19.2 The obligation of the Contractor to indemnify hereunder shall be limited to one million dollars per occurrence from the commencement of the Work until Substantial Performance of the Work and ' thereafter to an aggregate limit of one million dollars. 19.3 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, his agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or , defect in title to the Place of the Work. " 19.4 Notwithstanding GC 1 — DOCUMENTS paragraph 1.6, in the event of conflict between the provisions of this General Condition and Article A-5 — RIGHTS AND REMEDIES paragraph(a)or GC 22 — DAMAGES ' AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY,the provisions of this General Condition shall govern. 20 CCDC 4—1982 RN 0072D GC 20 INSURANCE 20.1 Without restricting the generality of GC 19 — INDEMNIFICATION, the Contractor shall provide, maintain ' and pay for the insurance coverages listed in this General Condition unless otherwise stipulated: (a) General Liability Insurance: General liability insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant ' with limits of not less than one million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a property damage deductible of five hundred dollars. The form of this insurance shall be the latest edition of CCDC Form 101 and shall be main- tained continuously from commencement of the Work until twelve (12) months following the date of ' Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or until the certificate of Total Performance of the Work is issued, whichever is the later, and with respect to completed operations coverage for a period of not less than twenty-four(24) months from the date of Total Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Total Performance of ' Work, and thereafter to be maintained for a further period of four (4) years. Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of explosives for blasting,or pile driving or caisson work, or removal or weakening of support of property, building or land; CCDC ' Form 101 as required shall include Endorsement CCDC Form 101-2. (b) Automobile Liability Insurance: Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than one ' million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property, in the follow- ing forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than fifteen (15)days written notice in advance of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage: (1) Standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement. ' (2) Standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by or on behalf of the Contractor. ' (c) Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance: Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than one million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury,death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof and limits of not less than one million dollars for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than fifteen (15) days written notice in advance ' of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. (d) Property and Boiler Insurance: (1) All risks property insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner and the Con- sultant, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Estimated Contract Price and the full value, as stated in the Supplementary Conditions, of products that are specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work,with a deductible not exceeding one percent of the ' amount insured at the site of the Work. The form of this insurance shall be the latest edition of CCDC Form 201 and shall be maintained continuously until ten (10) days after the date of Total Performance of the Work,as set out in the certificate of Total Performance of the Work. t (2) Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Consultant for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work. The form of this insurance shall be the latest edition of CCDC Form 301 and shall be maintained con- tinuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured and until ten (10) days after the date of Total Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Total Performance of the Work. (3) Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work he shall give thirty(30)days writ- ' ten notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the ' Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy shall provide, maintain and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, as in subparagraphs (1) and (2), in CCDC Forms 201 and 301, including coverage for such use or occupancy and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall ' refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's polices upon termina- tion of coverage. ' CCDC 4— 1982 File 00720 21 (4) The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of the Owner and himself for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the Insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined the Contractor , shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Consultant may decide in consultation with the Contractor. (5) Payment for loss or damage: The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been , appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of GC 13 — APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT and GC 14 — CER- TIFICATES AND PAYMENTS. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from then , payments made by the Insurer the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. (6) The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of GC 21 — , PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY and GC 22 — DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. (7) In the event of loss or damage to the Work arising from the work or act of an Other Contractor, ' the Owner, in accordance with his obligations under GC 9 — OTHER CONTRACTORS, paragraph 9.2, shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of GC 13 — APPLICATIONS FOR PAY- MENT and GC 14 — CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS. ' (e) Contractors'Equipment Insurance: All risks contractors' equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by ' the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the Insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than fifteen (15) days written notice in advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting ' coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of his equipment,the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement. 20.2 Unless specified otherwise the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of Total Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Jotal Performance of the Work. 20.3 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with proof of insurance prior to commencement of the Work and shall promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each insurance policy exclusive of informa- tion pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the Insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. 20.4 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in this General Condition or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and ' give evidence thereof to the Contractor and the Consultant. The cost thereof shall be payable by the Con- tractor to the Owner on demand or the Owner may deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor. GC 21 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 21.1 The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owner's property and property adjacent to the Place of the Work from damage and shall be responsible for damage which may arise as the result of his operations ' under the Contract except damage which occurs as the result of: (a) errors in the Contract Documents; (b) acts or omissions by the Owner,the Consultant, Other Contractors,their agents and employees. ' 21.2 Should the Contractor in the performance of this Contract damage the Work, the Owner's property or property adjacent to the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the making good of such damage at his expense. , 21.3 Should damage occur to the Work or Owner's property for which the Contractor is not responsible as provided in paragraph 21.1 he shall make good such damage to the Work and if the Owner so directs to the Owner's property and the Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with GC 11 — CHANGES IN THE WORK AND EXTRA WORK and the value of the changes shall be determined in ' accordance with GC 12 —VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK. 22 CCDC 4—1982 File 00720 , ' GC 22 DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 22.1 If either party to this Contract should suffer damage in any manner because of any wrongful actor neglect ' of the other party or of anyone for whom he is responsible in law, then he shall be reimbursed by the other party for such damage. The party reimbursing the other party shall be subrogated to the rights of the other party in respect of such wrongful act or neglect if it be that of a third party. 22.2 Claims under this General Condition shall be made in writing to the party liable within reasonable time after the first observance of such damage and may be adjusted by agreement or in the manner set out in GC 7 — DISPUTES. 22.3 If the Contractor has caused damage to an Other Contractor on the Work,the Contractor agrees upon due ' notice to settle with such Other Contractor by agreement or arbitration, if he will so settle. If such Other Contractor sues the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor and may require the Contractor to defend the action at the Contractor's expense. If a final order or judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and pay the costs incurred by the Owner. 22.4 If the Contractor becomes liable to pay or satisfy a final order,judgment or award against the Owner then the Contractor, upon undertaking to indemnify the Owner against any and all liability for costs, shall have the right to appeal in the name of the Owner such final order or judgment to any and all courts of compe- tent jurisdiction. GC 23 BONDS 23.1 The Contractor shall promptly provide to the Owner the surety bonds called for in the tender documents. 23.2 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfillment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the CCDC approved bond forms. ' GC 24 WARRANTY 24.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that the design and specifications permit such performance. 24.2 Subject to paragraph 24.1 the Contractor agrees to correct promptly, at his own expense, defects or ' deficiencies in the Work which appear prior to and during the period of one year from the date of Substan- tial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,or such longer periods as may be specified for certain products or work. 24.3 During the period provided in GC 3 — CONSULTANT, paragraph 3.2, the Consultant shall promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects and deficiencies. 24.4 The Contractor agrees to correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of paragraph 24.2. ' GC 25 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 25.1 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work ' so as to ensure conformance with the Contract Documents. He shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract. 25.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for compliance with the rules, regulations and practices required by the applicable construction safety legisla- tion. 25.3 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance and removal of temporary structural and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of construc- tion methods required in their use. The Contractor shall engage and pay for registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the appropriate disciplines to perform these functions where required by law or by the Contract Documents and in all cases where such temporary facilities and their method of construction are of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce safe and satisfactory results. 25.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 25.1 and 25.3, or provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents where such Contract Documents include designs for temporary structural and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or in part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be ' responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner that he is responsible for the execution of the Work. CCDC 4— 1982 File 00720 23 25.5 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall promptly report to the Consultant any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall be to the best of his knowledge, information and belief and in making such review the Contractor does not assume any respon- sibility to the Owner or,the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor shall not be liable for , damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents which he did not discover. If the Contractor does discover any error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents he shall not proceed with the work affected until he has received corrected or mis- sing information from the Consultant. 25.6 The Contractor shall prepare and update as required a construction schedule indicating the timing of the major activities of the Work. The schedule shall be designed to ensure conformance with the required Contract Time. The schedule shall be submitted to the Owner and the Consultant for their information ' within a reasonable time from the date of Contract award. The Contractor shall monitor the progress of the Work relative to the schedule and advise the Consultant of any revisions required as the result of delays as provided in GC 4— DELAYS, indicating the results expected from the resultant change in schedule. GC 26 SUPERINTENDENCE 26.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supervisor and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Place of the Work while work is being performed. 26.2 The supervisor shall be satisfactory to the Consultant and shall not be changed except for good reason and only then after consultation with the Consultant. 26.3 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work and instructions given to him by the Consultant shall be held to have been given to the Contractor. Important instructions shall be confirmed to the Contractor in writing; other instructions shall be so confirmed if requested. ' GC 27 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS ' 27.1 Unless otherwise stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labour, products, tools, construction machinery and equipment,water, heat, light, power, transporta- tion and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract. 27.2 Products provided shall be new unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Products which are not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required and their use subject to the approval of the Consultant. 27.3 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among his employees engaged on the Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him. ' GC 28 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 28.1 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Consultant in writing if in his opinion the subsurface conditions at the Place of the Work differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents, or a reasonable assumption of probable conditions based thereon. 28.2 After prompt investigation, should the Consultant determine that conditions do differ materially, he will issue appropriate instructions for changes in the Work in accordance with GC 11 — CHANGES IN THE WORK AND EXTRA WORK, and the value of the changes shall be determined in accordance with GC 12 —VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK. GC 29 USE OF THE WORK ' 29.1 The Contractor shall confine his apparatus, the storage of products, and the operations of his employees to limits indicated by laws, ordinances, permits or the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his products. 29.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will endanger the safety of the Work. 24 CCDC 4—1982 Re 00720 IGC 30 CLEANUP AND FINAL CLEANING OF THE WORK 30.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products and debris,other than that caused by the Owner,Other Contractors or their employees. 30.2 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove his products, sur lus P tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining work. He shall also remove waste products and debris other than that caused by the Owner, Other Contractors or their employees, and leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner unless otherwise specified. 30.3 Total Performance of the Work shall not be attained until the Contractor has removed his surplus products, tools, construction machinery and equipment. He shall also have removed waste products and debris, other than that caused by the Owner, Other Contractors or their employees. GC 31 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK I31.1 The Contractor shall do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the Work come together properly. 31.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. 31.3 Should the Owner, the Consultant, Other Contractors or anyone employed by them be responsible for ill-timed work necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed, the cost of such cutting or remedial work shall be valued as provided in GC 12 — VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE ' WORK. 31.4 Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiar with the materials affected and shall be performed in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work. IGC 32 INSPECTION OF THE WORK 32.1 The Owner and the Consultant or their authorized agents or representatives shall at all times have access to the Work. If parts of the Work are in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work, the Owner and the Consultant or their authorized agents or representatives shall be given access to such work whenever it is in progress. 32.2 If work is designated for spepial tests, inspections or approvals in the Contract Documents, or by the Consultant's instructions, or the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Consultant timely notice requesting inspection. Inspection by the Consultant shall be made promptly. The Contractor shall arrange for inspections by other authorities and shall give the Consultant timely notice of the date and time. 32.3 If the Contractor covers or permits to be covered work that has been designated for special tests, inspections or approvals before such special tests, inspections or approvals are made, given or completed, he shall, if so directed, uncover such work, have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed and make good such work at his own expense. 32.4 The Consultant may order any part or parts of the Work to be specially examined should he believe that such work is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If, upon examination such work be found not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct such work and pay the cost of examination and correction. If such work be found in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of examina- tion and replacement. 32.5 The Contractor shall furnish promptly to the Consultant two (2) copies of certificates and inspection reports relating to the Work. I GC 33 REJECTED WORK 33.1 Defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective products, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether incorporated in the Work or not, which has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform to the Contract Documents shall be removed promptly from the Place of the Work by the Contractor and replaced or re-executed promptly in accordance with the Contract Documents at the Contractor's expense. 33.2 Other Contractors' work destroyed or damaged by such removals or replacements shall be made good I promptly at the Contractor's expense. 33.3 If in the opinion of the Consultant it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from the monies otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents, the amount of which will be determined in the first instance by the Consultant. ccoc 4—1982 File 00720 25 GC 34 SHOP DRAWINGS 34.1 The term "shop drawings" means drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data which are to be provided by the Contractor to illustrate details of a portion of the ' Work. 34.2 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified shop drawings as called for by the Contract Documents or as the Consultant may reasonably request. 34.3 Prior to submission to the Consultant the Contractor shall review all shop drawings. By this review the ' Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalogue numbers and similar data or will do so and that he has checked and co- ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. The ' Contractor's review of each shop drawing shall be indicated by stamp,date,and signature of a responsible person. 34.4 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Consultant for his review with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of Other Contractors. If either the Contractor or the Consultant so requests they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for sub- mission and return of shop drawings. Shop drawings shall be submitted in the form of reproducible transparencies or prints as the Consultant may direct. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 34.5 The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with any schedule agreed upon, or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review will be for ' conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless a deviation on the shop drawings has been approved in writing by the Consultant. 34.6 The Contractor shall make any changes in shop drawings which the Consultant may require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the ConSL;:ant. When resubmit- ting, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions other than those requested by ' the Consultant. GC 35 CASH ALLOWANCES ' 35.1 The Estimated Contract Price includes cash allowances stated in the Contract Documents and itemized in the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices. 35.2 Cash allowances, unless otherwise specified, cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, products, construction machinery and equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation and other authorized expenses incurred in performing the work stipulated under the cash allowances. ' 35.3 The Contract Unit Prices, and not the cash allowances, include the Contractor's overhead and profit in connection with such cash allowances. 35.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount of the allowance, the Contractor shall be ' compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated plus an allowance for overhead and profit as set out in the Contract Documents. 35.5 The Estimated Contract Price shall be adjusted by written order to provide for any excess or deficit to each cash allowance. ' 35.6 Progress payments on account of work authorized under cash allowances shall be included in the Consultant's monthly certificates for payment. 35.7 A schedule shall be prepared jointly by the Consultant and Contractor to show when items called for under cash allowances must be authorized by the Consultant for ordering purposes so that the progress of the Work will not be delayed. 1 GC36 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE 36.1 The Estimated Contract Price includes the contingency allowance, if any, stated in the Contract Documents and itemized in the Schedule of Contract Unit Prices. 36.2 Expenditures under the contingency allowance shall be authorized in accordance with GC 11 — CHANGES IN THE WORK AND EXTRA WORK, and the value shall be determined in accordance with ' GC 12 — VALUATION AND CERTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK. 26 CCDC 4—1962 File WM SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 1 The Definitions and General Conditions for Unit Price Contract, CCDC No. 4, 1982 File 00530 are amended as follows: 1 1. Definitions 1. Item No.2-Contract Documents a) Add: The Contract Documents shall also include the Instructions to Bidders, the completed tender as submitted by the successful bidder, the Schedule of Unit Prices, and the completed list of Subcontractors. Item No.4-Engineer a) Change: IThe word engineer shall mean landscape architect. The words"reviewed","satisfactory","directed","instructed"and similar words,shall be understood to be followed by "by Landscape Architect", unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. GC Documents: 1. In paragraph 1.1 change duplicate to read quadruplicate. 1 GC 23 Bonds: Change paragraph 23.1 to read: jThe contractor shall promptly provide and pay for a Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred(100)percent of the Contract Price covering the performance of the Contract including the requirements fo GC 24-Warranty. GC 36 Contingency Allowance Add as paragraph 26.4 "The contractor shall refer to Division 1 - Contingency Allowances, for dollar amounts to allowed for in the tender sum." � l ' t 1 P SU PLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 GC 14 Certificates and Payment: ' 1. Change paragraph 14.2 to read: The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account in accordance with the provisions of Article A-4 PAYMENT no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of a certificate for payment by the Landscape Architect. GC 12 Valuation and Certificates or changes in the work ' Change: Whenever reference is made to 15%of the estimated quantities,it shall be changed to mean the owner has the right to revise or otherwise delete unlimited quantities without a change in Contract Unit Prices. Change: 1 When changes occur by more than 15% of the estimated quantities, the contractor may not revise the Contract Unit Price. GC 24 Warranty 1 Change:24.2 to read: Subject to paragraph 24.1 the Contractor agrees to correct promptly,at his own expense,defects 1 or deficiencies in the Work which appear prior to and during the period of two years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or such longer periods as may be specified for certain products or work. END ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01005 ' Page 1 ' 1.1 General 1. Comply with requirements of General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions. 2. Division 1 requirements apply to all sections of work. ' 3. In case of conflict between General Conditions and Division 1 requirements,General Conditions shall govern. ' 1.2 Summary of Work 1. Provide all items, articles,materials, services and incidentals,whether or not expressly specified ' or shown on drawings,to make finished work complete and fully operational,consistent with the intent of the contract documents. 1.3 Examination ' 1. Examine the site and surrounding areas and be fully informed as to the conditions and limitations under which the work has to be executed. Claims for additional costs will not be entertained with respect to conditions which could reasonably have been ascertained by an inspection of the site prior to tender closing. 2. Prior to commencement of work, make careful examination of previously executed work, ' existing conditions, levels, dimensions and clearances. Promptly advise consultant of unsatisfactory preparatory work and substrate conditions; commencement of work implies acceptance of conditions. ' 1.4 Division of Work 1. Work specified in the specification has been divided into technical sections for the purpose of ' ready reference. Division of work among subcontractors and suppliers is solely the contractor's responsibility and consultant assumes no responsibility to act as an arbiter to establish subcontract limits between sections or divisions of work. ' 1.5 Metric Project 1. This project is based on the International System of Units(SI). Measurements are expressed in metric(SI)units and depending on the progress made in the various sectors of the industry are either hard or soft converted units. 2. All metric units specified shall be taken to the minimum acceptable unless otherwise noted. 3. It is the contractor's responsibility to check and verify with manufacturers and suppliers on the ' availability of materials and products in either metric or imperial sizes. 4. Where a material or product cannot be obtained in the metric size specified, provide the next ' larger imperial size available. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01005 ' Page 2 ' 5. Where both metric and imperial sizes or dimensions are shown, the metric size or dimension shall govern. ' 1.6 Protection 1. Ensure that no damage is caused to existing structures,buildings,foundations,pavement,fences, ' curbs,grounds,plants,property,utilities,services, finishes during the progress of work. Repair and make good.any damage caused at no extra cost to owner to the complete satisfaction of the respective property owners and authorities having jurisdiction. Do not proceed with repairs or ' remedial work without written permission of the consultant. Only trades specifically capable of performing the work will be allowed to make remedial or repair work. 2. Keep municipal roads clean of mud and debris resulting from construction traffic. 3. Prevent soiling of pavement due to spillage,mixing of material or any other cause. Make good any damages caused. ' 4. Protect new work from damage with suitable protective coverings. 1.7 Safety and Security ' 1. Be responsible for security all areas affected b work of this contract until taken over b h' Y y owner.Take steps to prevent entry to the work by unauthorized persons and guard against theft, fire and damage by any cause. 2. A regular full-time watchman is generally not required on site, but if in the opinion of the consultant,the work is not adequately protected by the contractor,the owner may demand that a watchman be employed by the contractor at no extra cost to the contract. 3. Maintain fire protection for work. Store paints and volatile substances in a separate and ' controlled location and inspect frequently. Inspect temporary wiring, drop cords, extension cables_ for defective insulation or connections frequently. - Remove combustible wastes frequently. Prohibit smoking in areas where volatile and flammable substances are used. ' 1.8 Use of Site and Premises 1. Accept full responsibility for the site from the time of contract award until Substantial ' Performance of the work. 2. Check means of access and egress, rights and interests which may be interfered with. Do not block lanes,roadways,entrances or exits. ' 3. Where encroachment beyond property limits is necessary make arrangement with respective property owners. ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01005 Page 3 1.9 Services and Utilities ' 1. Consult with utility companies and other authorities having jurisdiction to ascertain the locations of existing services on or adjacent to site. 2. Information as to the location of existing services,if shown on the drawings,does not relieve the ' contractor of his responsibility to determine the exact number and location of existing services. 3. Give proper notices for new services as may be required. Make arrangements with authorities tand utilities for service connections required. 4. Pay any charges levied by utilities or authorities for work carried out by them in connection with ' this contract,unless specified otherwise. 5. Operate and maintain all utility systems affected by work of this contract, until the project or specific portions thereof have been accepted by the owner. 6. Report existing unknown services encountered during excavation to consultant for instructions; cutback and cap or plug unused services. Be responsible for the protection of all active services encountered and for repair of such services if damaged. 1.10 Site Access 1. Site access to any component of the project is the contractor's full responsibility to review during the tender stage, and to include the necessary costs accordingly. These costs are to be included in the miscellaneous section-Mobilization/Demobilization. Upon completion,restore all access ' routes to original condition. 1.11 Limit of Contract ' 1. All areas beyond Limit of Contract disturbed or affected by construction are to be restored to original condition. All costs incurred are the contractors responsibility. ' 1.12. Materials Supplied by Owner 1. The owner has approximately 27 tons of granite sourced from the quarry used to supply the ' previously installed entry walls. This material is available at no charge for the contractors use. It is stored at owners"works"site. Contractor must transport it to Rotary Park. This material is intended for use in constructing the entry sign,drinking fountain,clock tower and washroom. ' More material will be required to execute the contract. The contractor must calculate the volume and provide for this in the tender bid. ' All new work must match walls installed on site. END ' ALLOWANCES Section 01020 ' Page 1 ' 1.1 Related Instructions ' 1. Comply with requirements of GC 35 Cash Allowances of the General Conditions. 1.2 Authorization 1. Expenditures from allowances included in the contract price must be authorized in writing by the consultant. ' 1.3 Allowances 1. Include the following allowances in the Contract. ' Testing Allowance $ 1,000.00 Contingency Allowance $ 15,000.00 Sign Allowance $ 10,000.00 ' 1.4 Quotations 1. Should the contractor have to obtain quotations for any work in the Allowance Section,the time expended for obtaining such quotes is the contractor's cost. If the owner accepts the quotation, then the cost for time spent bidding is billable as overhead expense. It may be billed only when that particular product or service is delivered or installed at ' the project. 1.5 Limitations ' 1. All work listed in Allowances may or may not be incorporated in the work. The owner has full right to delete any or all parts without claim. ' 1.6 Allowable Charges 1. The contractor is allowed to charge mark up of 10%overhead and 5%profit for work appropriated by the allowances. END ' LINES AND LEVELS Section 01050 ' Page 1 ' 1.1 Lines and Levels 1. Verify all elevations,lines, levels and dimensions as indicated and report any errors,conflicts,or inconsistencies to the consultant before commencing work or as soon as discovered. 2. Accurately lay out work and establish lines and levels in accordance with requirements of contract documents. 3. Set up, maintain and protect permanent reference points and provide general dimensions and ' elevations for all sections of work. 1.2 Dimensions 1. Check and verify dimensions wherever referring to work. Dimensions,when pertaining to work of another section,shall be verified with section concerned. Details and measurements of work which is to fit or conform with work installed shall be taken at site. 2. Do not scale drawings. If there is ambiguity, lack of information or inconsistency, immediately consult consultant for directions. Be responsible for extra costs involved through the ' disregarding of this notice. 3. While the contractor is responsible for own survey control,the owner reserves the right to check completed work. Any discrepancy shall be addressed immediately. Fully correct any work not built per plans. END ' REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Section 01060 ' Page 1 ' 1.1 Permits,Licenses,Fees 1. Where permits, licenses and inspection fees are required by authorities having jurisdiction for ' specific trade functions, they shall be obtained and paid for by the particular subtrade responsible for that work. 1.2 Building Code By-laws,Regulations 1. Carry out work in accordance with requirements of the Ontario Building Code, latest issue, including all amendments and revisions. 2. Comply with requirements,regulations and ordinances of other authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Where it is necessary to carry out work outside property lines, such as sidewalks, paving or concrete curbs, comply with applicable requirements of municipal authorities having jurisdiction. ' 4. Promptly submit written notice to consultant of observed variance of Contract Documents from requirements of Building Code and authorities having jurisdiction. Assume responsibility for ' work known to be contrary to such requirements and performed without notifying consultant. 1.3 Safety Requirements ' 1. Be governed by pertinent safety requirements of Federal or Provincial Governments and of municipal bodies having authority, particularly the Ontario Construction Safety Act, and regulations of Ontario Ministry of Labour, and work in conjunction with proper safety associations operating under the authority of Ontario Workers'Compensation Act. 2. Do not, in the performance of the work, in any manner endanger the safety or unlawfully interfere with the convenience of the public. 1.4 Fire Protection Requirements 1. Refer to technical Sections of Specifications and Drawings for fire protection requirements. 2. Test methods used to determine fire hazard classification and fire endurance rating shall be as required by Ontario Building Code. 3. Upon request, furnish to consultant with evidence of compliance with project fire protection requirements. ' REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Section 01060 ' Page 2 ' 1.5 Safety Regulations 1. The contractor shall ensure that all contract staff are trained under the provision of the W.H.M.I.S.(Workplace Hazardous Material Information System)regulations. 2. The contractor shall ensure that Material Safety Data Sheets are available for all chemicals used on site. 3. The contractor shall conform to and enforce strict compliance with the Construction Safety Act ' and regulations made under the act. 4. The contractor shall be aware of and conform to Town Health and Safety Policies made ' available by the Deputy Director of Community Services and Facilities. 5. For purposes of the Occupational Health and Safety Act,the contractor will be designated as the constructor for this project and will assume all of the responsibility of the constructor set out in ' that Act and its regulations. 6. The contractor shall ensure that all necessary measures are taken to protect Town employees, ' general public and workers from injury. END ' ABBREVIATIONS Section 01070 ' Page 1 When the following abbreviations are used in the contract documents, they shall have the meanings shown. ' ABBREVIATION MEANING AA The Aluminum Association ' ACI American Concrete Institute ASTM American Society For Testing And Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association ' AWS American Welding Society CCA Canadian Construction Association CCRC Canadian Code For Residential Construction CEC Canadian Electrical Code ' CFUA Canadian Fire Underwriters Association CGA Canadian Gas Association CGSB Canadian General Standards Board CIQS Canadian Institute Of Quantity Surveyors CISC Canadian Institute Of Steel Construction CITC Canadian Institute Of Timber Construction ' CLA Canadian Lumbermen's Association CMHA Canada Mortgage And Housing Corporation COFI Council Of Forest Industries Of British Columbia CPCI Canadian Prestressed Concrete Institute ' CSA Canadian Standards Association CSC Construction Specification Canada CSI Construction Specifications Institute(USA) ' CSPI Corrugated Steel Pipe Institute CUA Canadian Underwriters'Association CWB Canadian Welding Bureau CWC Canadian Wood Council ' IES Illuminating Engineering Society LTIC Laminated Timber Institute Of Canada NBC National Building Code Of Canada 1 NBS National Bureau Of Standards USDC NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NRCC National Research Council Of Canada PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute RAIC Royal Architectural Institute Of Canada ULC Underwriters'Laboratories Of Canada END ' Section 01200 SITE ADMINISTRATION Page 1 ' 1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting ' 1. Immediately prior to construction, upon notification, attend at location of owner's choice, pre- construction meeting along with authoritative representatives of certain key subcontractors as specifically indicated in the conference notice. ' 2. Purpose of meeting is as follows: a) Review project communications procedures. b) Review contract administration requirements including submittals,payment and change order procedures. ' c) Identify all critical points on construction schedule for positive action. d) Identify any product availability problems and substitution request. ' e) Establish site arrangements and temporary facilities. ' f) Revise any points which, in owner's, consultant's and contractor's opinion, require clarification. 1.2 Site Meetings I. Prior to the commencement of the work the contractor, together with the consultant, shall mutually agree to a sequence for holding regular"on site meetings". ' 2. Organize all necessary site meetings. Ensure that persons, whose presence is required, are present and that relative information is available to allow meetings to be conducted efficiently. ' 3. The consultant will record minutes.of each meeting and promptly distribute copies to all participants not later than seven days after the meeting has been held. 1 1.3 Supervision 1. Employ an experienced and qualified superintendent who shall devote his time exclusively to the work of this contract and who shall be in complete charge of the work from commencement to completion. A working foreman will not be acceptable. The superintendent shall not be changed after commencement of work without the consultant's approval. 2. Supervise, direct, manage and control the work of all forces carrying out the work, including subcontractors and suppliers. Carry out daily inspections to ensure compliance with the contract documents and the maintenance of quality standards. Ensure that the inspection staff includes ' personnel competent in supervising the mechanical and electrical trades. ' SITE ADMINISTRATION Section 01200 1 Page 2 ' 1.4 Progress Record 1. Maintain, on site, permanent written record of progress of work. Record shall be open to inspection by consultant at all times and a copy shall be furnished to consultant upon request. 2. This record shall show weather conditions,dates of commencement,progress and completion of ' various trades and items of work. Particulars pertaining to erection and removal of forms, pouring of concrete,and other critical or major components as well as number of employees of various trades and type and quantity of equipment employed daily shall be noted. ' 3. Display a copy of the construction schedule on site from start of construction to completion. Superimpose actual progress of work on schedule at least once each week. ' 1.5 Record Drawings 1. Obtain and keep on site at all times a complete and separate set of black line white prints. ' 2. Note clearly,neatly,accurately and promptly as the work progresses all architectural, structural mechanical and electrical changes, revisions and additions to the work and deviations from the contract documents. 3. Accurate location, depth, position, size and type of concealed and underground services, both inside and outside shall be included as part of these record drawings. ' 4. Record drawings shall be available for review at each site meeting. ' 5. Refer to Section 01700 for requirements on submission of record drawings. 1.6 Documents On Site ' 1. The contractor shall at all times have in his possession a complete set of contract documents (drawings and specifications) with all addenda, site instructions, change orders, reviewed shop drawings and samples,colour schedule,paint materials schedules,hardware list,progress reports ' and meeting minutes. ' END SUBMITTALS Section 01300 Page 1 ' 1.1 General 1. Unless specified otherwise,make all submissions to the consultant at his office. ' 2. Make all submissions required by the contract documents with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay in the work. 1.2 Related Work ' 1. Submission of maintenance and record documents:Section 01700-Project Closeout. 2. Submission of maintenance materials: Section 01700-Project Closeout. ' 1.3 Construction Schedule 1. Within 7 days after award of contract submit, in form approved by consultant, construction schedule for work of entire contract. 2. Show in schedule start and completion times of each item of work, including erection and dismantling of temporary services. 1.4 Shop Drawings ' 1. Submit shop drawings required by contract documents,in accord with requirements of GC 34. 2. Prepare shop drawings in metric measurements only. Shop drawings containing imperial ' measurements will be rejected. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the consultant,submit the following number of prints for each shop drawing required: ' a) Landscape Architectural shop drawings: 2 prints ' b) Structural,mechanical,electrical shop drawings: 3 prints,if required. 4. Shop drawings which require the approval of a legally constituted authority having jurisdiction ' shall be submitted by contractor to such authority for approval. Such shop drawings shall receive final approval of authority having jurisdiction before consultant's final review. 5. No work requiring a shop drawing submission shall be commenced until the submission has received consultant's final review. ' SUBMITTALS Section 01300 ' Page 2 ' 6. The consultant's review is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with the general design concept. This review shall not mean that the consultant approves the detail design which ' is inherent in the shop drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with the contractor submitting same,and this review shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility for meeting the requirements of the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site for information that pertains solely to fabrication ' processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for coordination of the work of all subtrades. ' 1.5 Samples 1. Submit samples required by contract documents and as directed by the consultant. ' 2. Unless indicated otherwise,submit samples in duplicate. 3. Submit samples with identifying labels bearing material or component description, ' manufacturer's name and brand name, contractor's name, project name, location in which material or component is to be used,and date. ' 4. Prepay any shipping charges involved for delivering samples to destination point and returning to point of origin if required. 5. No work requiring a sample submission shall be commenced until the submission has received ' consultant's final review. END ' QUALITY CONTROL Section 01400 ' Page 1 ' 1.1 General L Requirements specified in this section apply to independent inspection and testing specified ' under technical specification sections. 2. Requirements specified in this section do not apply to the following: a) Inspection and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of public authorities. b) Inspection and testing performed exclusively for contractor's convenience. 3. Failure by independent testing agency to detect defective work or materials shall not in any way ' prevent later rejection,when such defect is discovered,nor shall it obligate consultant for final acceptance. i ' 1.2 Related Instructions 1. Cash allowance for independent inspection and testing: Section 01020 ' 2. Specific inspection and testing requirements:Divisions 2 to 16 inclusive. 1.3 Duties&Authority of Testing Agency ' 1. Testing agency is expected to do the following: a) Act on a professional and unprejudiced basis and carry out inspection and testing ' functions to establish compliance with requirements of contract documents. b) Check work as it progresses and prepare reports stating results of tests and conditions ' of work and state in each report whether specimens tested conform to requirements of contract documents,specifically noting deviations. ' c) Distribute reports as follows: Consultant-three(3)copies Contractor-two.(2)copies ' 2. Testing agency is not authorized to amend or release any requirements of contract documents, nor approve or accept any portion of work. 3. Contractor shall do the following: a) Notify testing agency minimum 48 hours in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests without causing delay in work. ' b) Provide testing agency with access to work at all times. C) Supply material samples for testing. QUALITY CONTROL Section 01400 ' Page 2 d) Supply casual labour and other incidental services required by testing agency. ' e) Provide facilities for site storage of samples. 4. When initial inspection and testing indicates non-compliance with contract documents, any subsequent re-inspection and re-testing occasioned by non-compliance shall be performed by ' same testing agency and cost thereof borne by contractor. END I ' TEMPORARY FACILITIES Section 01500 ' Page 1 1.I General 1. Provide all temporary facilities and controls required for the proper execution of the work. 2. Provide and maintain temporary systems in accordance with applicable regulations and requirements. Arrange for,obtain and pay for any permits required. ' 3. Location of temporary facilities shall be subject to consultant's approval. ' 1.2 Temporary Electricity,Lighting and Water 1. Provide temporary electrical lighting and power system and water for use by all sections. ' 2. Arrange,obtain and pay for service including meter,if required,of sufficient size to allow use of required tools and equipment and to ensure adequate lighting levels for the proper execution of work. ' 3. Install and maintain temporary electrical systems in accordance with Construction Safety Association's "Temporary Wiring Standards on Construction Sites",the Ontario Electrical Code ' and other authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 Temporary Heating ' 1. Furnish equipment, labour and fuel to provide temporary heat as required for proper execution of work. ' 1.4 Temporary Telephone 1. Provide telephone service for duration of contract until completion. A mobile phone is acceptable. 2. Make telephone available to all sections.Long distance calls shall be paid by party making call. ' 1.5 Temporary Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide toilet facilities for all personnel on site. ' 2. Keep facilities clean and sanitary and provided with required supplies at all times. 3. Except where temporary sanitary facilities are connected to municipal sewer system,periodically ' remove wastes from site. ' TEMPORARY FACILITIES Section 01500 ' Page 2 ' 1.6 Temporary First-Aid Facilities 1. Provide site equipment and medical facilities necessary to supply fast-aid service to injured ' personnel in accordance with regulations of the Worker's Compensation Act. Maintain facilities for duration of contract. ' 1.7 Temporary Fire Protection 1. Provide and maintain in proper working order, fire extinguishers, prominently placed, until ' completion of work. 2. Fire extinguishers shall be minimum 3 kg.4A60BC type. 3. Remove fire extinguishers from site upon completion of work or when directed by consultant. 4. Where gas welding or cutting is to be done within 3 in or above combustible material, or above ' space that may be occupied by persons, interpose shields of non-combustible material. Tanks supplying gases for welding or cutting shall be placed at no greater distance from the work than is necessary and shall be securely fastened in an upright position. Such tanks shall be free from exposure to the sun or high temperature. 1.8 Construction Aids ' 1. Provide temporary stairs, ladders, ramps required for movement and placing of materials, equipment and personnel. ' 2. Provide mechanical hoisting equipment and fully qualified operators as required during construction. ' 3. Erect required scaffolding independent of walls, arranged to avoid interference with work of other sections as much as possible. 4. Provide and maintain required shoring and bracing in accordance with Construction Safety Act ' and other applicable regulations. 5. Shoring and all false work over one tier in height shall be designed and shall bear the stamp of a registered professional engineer having experience in this field. 6. The use of explosive power tools must be approved in writing by the consultant. The use of explosive power tools will not be permitted under any circumstances unless equipped with a ' device which positively prevents free flight of the stud. 1.9 Barriers 1. Protect public and workmen from injury. 1 Section 01500 ' TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 3 2. Provide and maintain required barricades, warning signs, guardrails and lightguards in ' accordance with applicable regulations. 1.10 Temporary Controls ' 1. Provide protective coverings to protect work against damage caused by weather including but not necessarily limited to rain,snow,ice,wind,frost and excessive heat. ' 2. Provide wind breaks and sun shade to allow proper setting and curing of cementious materials. 3. Protect excavations and building materials from freezing. ' 4. Provide and maintain adequate temporary pumping and drainage systems to keep excavations and structures free of water. Prevent flow of surface water into excavations.Locate sumps away from foundation elements. Prevent pumped water from carrying soil in suspension in sufficient ' quantity to case settlement of adjacent earth. Provide sufficient standby equipment to ensure continuity of pumping system. ' 5. Prevent sprayed materials from contaminating air beyond application area by providing temporary enclosures. 6. Cover or wet down dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust and debris. ' 1.11 Signs ' 1. Except as specified here do not erect any signs unless approved by the consultant. 2. Erect signs relating to safety on the work or mandatory regulation notices. ' 3. Erect the consultants' project sign by supplying and setting three steel T-bar stakes. Wire the sign securely to the stakes. consultant to provide the sign. Return the sign at the end of the job. ' 1.12 Field Office and Sheds 1. Provide temporary covers,sheds and platforms of weatherproof construction as may be required ' for protection and preservation of materials,small tools,equipment which may be susceptible to damage. ' 1.13 Existing Barricades 1. Remove and dispose of all existing work at end of project. END ' PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Section 01600 ' Page 1 t1.1 Product Quality 1. Products supplied for work shall be new, and as far as possible, and unless otherwise specified, ' of Canadian manufacture. 2. Materials used for temporary facilities are not required to be new,provided they are structurally ' sound and in suitable and safe operation condition. 1.2 Standards and Terminology ' 1. Where a standard has been adopted by these specifications, incorporate minimum requirements of such standard into the work. Where requirements of specifications are more stringent than those of the standard,follow more stringent requirements. 2. Reference to standards, specifications, handbooks and manufacturer's catalogues, refer to latest edition thereof and all amendments or revisions applicable at tender closing date, unless date ' suffix is included with-document number. 3. Wherever words "acceptable", "approved", "satisfactory", "selected", "directed", "designated", ' "permitted", "inspected", "instructed", "required", "submit",or similar words or phrases are used in standards or elsewhere in contract documents, it shall be understood that "by (to) the consultant"follow,unless context provides otherwise. 4. Where the word"provide"is used in these contract documents,it shall be taken to mean"supply ' and install"unless specifically noted otherwise. ' 1.3 Availability and Substitution 1. Products which are specified by their proprietary names or by part of catalogue number from the ' basis for contract. No substitutes for these may be used without consultant's approval in writing. 2. Where it is found that specified materials-have become unavailable for incorporating into work, notify consultant immediately of proposed substitution. ' 3. Proposed substitution shall be any top quality product considered by the consultant to be suitable for purpose intended. ' 4. Products proposed as substitutions, and which are considered by consultant to be suitable for purpose intended, but which are in his opinion of lesser value and quality than those specified shall only be accepted as substitution if reasonable credits are allowed for their use. 5. In order to substantiate equivalency of proposed materials, products or processes, submit samples,printed product description's test data,installation instructions, standards, certification, ' samples,guarantee/warranty forms, list of successful products incorporating such proposals and similar information requested by consultant. 1 Section 01600 ' PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 2 6. Whenever a substitute is proposed, any change to contract price as a result of acceptance of ' proposed product shall include any adjustments to adjacent structure or space in order to accept minor differences in size or weight between proposed items and corresponding specified items. 7. Prevent any substitution or request for substitution from delaying construction progress in any way. 8. Requests for substitution resulting from failure to place orders in time will not be entertained. ' Be responsible for ordering products in time to ensure their required delivery; bear all costs for failure to comply with these requirements. ' 9. Upon consultant's request submit copies of material and equipment purchase orders. 1.4 Product Delivery,Handling&Storage 1. Suitably pack, crate and protect products during transportation to site to preserve their quality ' and fitness for purpose intended. ' 2. Store products in original,undamaged condition with manufacturer's labels and seals intact until they are being incorporated into completed work. ' 3. Handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's and supplier's recommendations so as to ensure preservation of their quality,appearance and fitness for work. 4. Arrange materials so as to facilitate prompt inspection,and remove faulty, damaged or rejected materials immediately from site. 1.5 Product Delivery Schedule 1. It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that the supplier or distributor of materials specified or alternatives accepted, which he intends to use, has materials on the site when ' required. The contractor shall obtain confirmed delivery dates from the supplier. 2. The contractor shall contact the consultant immediately upon receipt of information indicating that any material or item will not be available on time,in accordance with the original schedule, and similarly it shall be the responsibility of all subcontractors and suppliers to so inform the contractor. 3. The consultant reserves the right to receive from the contractor at any time,upon request,copies of actual purchase or work orders of any material or products to be supplied for the work. ' 1.6 Workmanship 1. All work shall be carried out in accordance with the best trade practice,by mechanics skilled in the type of work concerned. 2. Products,materials,systems and equipment shall be applied, installed,connected,erected,used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the applicable manufacturer's printed directions. Section 01600 ' PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP Page 3 3. Where specified requirements are in conflict with the manufacturer's written directions, follow ' manufacturer's directions. Where specified requirements are more stringent than manufacturer's directions,comply with specified requirements. END ' PROJECT CLOSEOUT Section 01700 ' Page 1 ' 1.1 Operating and Maintenance Manuals ' 1. Provide operating and maintenance data, prepared on 8 1/2" x 11" sheets in printed or typewritten form,preferably double-sided,contained in D-ring binders with soft vinyl covers. 2. Manual contents shall be assembled in systematic order generally following the specification format. Provide labeled, celluloid covered tabs fastened to hard paper dividers to identify different sections. ' 3. Binders shall have clear plastic pocket at back of spine for identification. Insert label containing title"Operating and Maintenance Data",project name and volume number if applicable. 4. Include the following material in each manual: a) Title sheet labeled Operating and Maintenance Data" and listing project name, date, volume number, if applicable and names and addresses of contractor, mechanical subcontractors,consultant and subconsultants. b) List of contents. If more than one volume is required, provide a cross-reference ' contents page at front of each volume. C) Complete list of subcontractors and suppliers. d) Copy of finished hardware list,complete with all amendments and revisions. e) Schedule of paints and coatings. Include sufficient explanation to fully identify each ' surface with the applicable paint or coating used.Enclose copy of colour schedule. f) Maintenance instructions for all finished surfaces. g) Brochures,cuts of all equipment and fixtures. h) Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment. i) Extended warranties. D Maintenance contracts. k) Other data required elsewhere in contract documents or deemed necessary by consultant. I ' PROJECT CLOSEOUT Section 01700 ' Page 2 1.2 Record Drawings 1. Upon completion of work, prior to total performance, obtain and pay for one set of mylar ' transparencies and transfer record information compiled during construction from white prints to mylars. 2. Quality of drafting and lettering shall match that of original drawings and shall be suitable for , microfilming. 1.3 Operating Instructions 1. At substantial performance, at a time acceptable to owner and consultant, but not before operating and maintenance manuals have been reviewed and accepted by consultant, instruct owner's representative in the operation of all systems and equipment. 1.4 Substantial Performance 1. Prior to requesting a substantial performance deficiency inspection,submit the following: a) Three copies of operating and maintenance manuals. ' b) Two copies of inspection and acceptance certificates required from regulatory agencies. ' 2. Advise the consultant, in writing, when the project has been substantially completed. If consultant agrees that this stage has been reached, prepare a complete list of deficiencies and submit one copy of this list to consultant. 3. On receipt of the above deficiency list,in a satisfactory form,the consultant,accompanied by the subconsultants,the contractor and his project superintendent,and the owner if deemed desirable, ' will carry out an inspection of the project. 4. Add to the deficiency list, in accordance with consultant's directions,any additional deficiencies which are identified during inspection and re-issue updated deficiency list to all concerned. 1.5 Total Performance ' 1. Prior to requesting a final inspection,do the following: a) Submit one complete set of mylar record drawings. b Submit one complete set of reviewed shop drawings of mechanical and electrical items P P g folded to 8Y2'by 11"size,contained in heavy manila envelopes,numbered and labeled. Follow specification format with no more than one section per envelope. C) Submit a final request for payment incorporating all approved changes.to the contract price, including adjustments to the cash allowances listed in Section 01020 - Allowances. i 1 Section 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 Page 3 1 ' d) Upon completion of all items noted on the deficiency list, clean all areas, surfaces and components affected by corrections and completion of deficient items, as directed by the consultant. Ie) Ensure that all services,equipment,apparatus are properly tested and adjusted. 2. After all deficiencies have been convected, submit a written request to the consultant for a final inspection. This inspection shall be carried out by the same parties involved in the substantial performance deficiency inspection. r 3. If all deficiencies have not been corrected,in the opinion of the consultant,a final deficiency list will be prepared in the same manner as specified herein for the substantial performance deficiency inspection and the inspection procedure Tepeated until all items have been completed to the satisfaction of the consultant. END r r r r r r r r r CLEANING Section 01710 ' Page 1 1.1 General ' 1. Be responsible for cleanliness of site and structures to satisfaction of consultant. Maintain work in neat and orderly condition at all times. 2. Periodically,or when directed by the consultant,remove from site and legally dispose of rubbish and waste materials. 3. Burning or burying of rubbish and waste materials on site is not permitted. t4. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. 5. Use cleaning material only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. 6. While on the premises, all hazardous waste shall be properly identified and stored so as not to pose a safety hazard to employees,workers or the general public. ' 7. Utilize recycling programs and efforts for material disposal whenever and wherever possible. Guidance into various recycling efforts can be obtained by contacting the municipality. ' 1.2 Cleaning During Construction 1. Remove debris,packaging and waste materials frequently. 2. Keep dust and dirt to an acceptable level as directed. 3. Remove oily rags,waste and other hazardous substances from premises at close of each day, or more often if required. 1.3 Final Cleaning 1. Prior to substantial performance, thoroughly clean all surfaces and components. Provide professional cleaning of all areas and surfaces to allow owner to occupy without further cleaning. 2. Remove stains,dirt and smudges from fmished surfaces. r . END ' EXTENDED WARRANTIES Section 01740 Page 1 1.1 Definition 1.Warranty=Guarantee 1.2 Submission Requirements 1. Submit extended warranties as part of"Operation and Maintenance Manuals"in accordance with requirements of Section 01700-Project Closeout. 2. Arrange extended warranties in systematic order matching specification format. Include a table of contents listing warranties in same order. 3. Each warranty must show: a) Name and address of project b) Name of owner ' c) Section Number and Title 4. All extended warranties must be presented under contractor's letterhead,seal and signature and must bear ' similar wording to that specified in contract documents. I END 1 EARTHWORKS ection 02210 RKS ' Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with requirements of Division 1. ' PART 2-PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Existing Site Conditions 1. The contractor must review and make known, the acceptance of the site contour relative to the graphic contour shown on the plans. 2. Rough grading and the establishment of the sub-grade has been carried out by others. The Contractor shall verify such sub-grades on the site and report all discrepancies in writing to the Consultant,before commencing work. ' 3. Failure to do so will imply acceptance by the contractor of surfaces and conditions,and no claim made thereafter for damages or extras resulting from such surfaces and conditions will be accepted. 3.2 Cut and Fill Balance 1. Existing conditions will not provide a balanced cut and/or fill. The contractor shall import ' and/or export materials as necessary to complete the project. 3.3 Filling 1. Unless otherwise specified,the contractor shall,where required,supply and spread sufficient fill materials to raise existing grades to the specified level as indicated on the drawings. 2. Such fill materials shall be free of any debris subject to rot or corrosion, and shall be approved by the consultant before placing. 3. Prior to placing fill,the existing grade shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 75mm to provide ' a good bond and prevent slipping of fill. 4. Fill materials shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 250 mm in depth. Each layer shall be ' compacted to 95%Standard Proctor Dry Density(S.P.D.D.)before placing subsequent layers. 5. The preparation of the finished sub-grade, prior to placing of topsoil under sodding, shall be as specified under Section 02487,Sodding. ' 6. All fill materials shall be compacted when the moisture content, as determined by laboratory tests, is suitable for obtaining the required density. When the moisture content is too low,water ' shall be applied by means of an approved distributor. When the material is too wet, it shall be EARTHWORKS Section 02210 ' Page 2 thoroughly mixed with dry material,or the wet material shall be dried by blading,dicing or other approved method. ' 7. The surface shall be shaped at all times to ensure adequate surface run-off and prevent ponding and scouring. 3.4 Excavating 1. Before proceeding with excavating work for paving, the areas shall be staked out and approval ' obtained from the consultant. 2. All areas for paving shall be excavated to the specified depths as indicated on drawings. ' 3. The final sub-grade shall be maintained parallel to the fmished grade and shall be thoroughly compacted to 98%S.P.D.D.minimum. ' 4. Submit written evidence that the specified compaction has been realized and obtain approval from the Consultant before commencing work. ' 5. All structures such as walks,steps,etc.shall be staked out on the site to the consultant's approval before commencing excavating work. 6. The excavations for all foundations shall be carried to undisturbed soil, or to a minimum depth of 1200mm unless specified otherwise. ' 7. The bearing capacity of the soil on which the footings are to be founded shall be capable of supporting the imposed loads. i 8. Where the bearing capacity appears to be insufficient, soil investigations shall be carried out with the approval of the landscape architect. Costs of such investigations shall be paid for out of the Cash Allowance as stipulated in the Special Conditions. 9. Where it is necessary to carry excavations deeper than specified,until a firm bearing is obtained, fill extra excavation with concrete and/or granular fill as directed. Under no circumstances will earth filling under footings be permitted,unless otherwise approved. ' 10. The cost of extra excavations and extra concrete will be paid for at the unit prices quoted in the tender. Where such extra costs are the result of the contractor's error or misinterpretation, no ' extra payment will be made. 11. All excavations shall be sufficiently shored and braced to prevent caving in and support existing structures,roads,services,etc. ' 12. All shoring shall be done in strict accordance with local regulations and approval obtained from local authorities. ' 13. Warning signs and protective barriers shall be erected in accordance with local regulations. ' EARTHWORKS Section 02210 Page 3 14. Be responsible for all damages and subsequent repairs to underground utilities and structures ' resulting from contractor's operations. 15. All excavations shall be protected from freezing and water. Provide and operate as many pumps as are necessary to keep excavations free of water at all times. 16. All surplus excavated material shall be removed and disposed of, unless approved by the consultant for filling or backfilling. Surplus material and unacceptable materials shall be ' removed from the site and disposed of 17. All excavated rocks and boulders shall be immediately buried at approved locations to depths of ' 1.5 m below finished grade. END 1 I 1 i ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 02310 Page 1 ' PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 ' PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 General 1. Cement shall be a standard grey Portland cement conforming to CSA-A.5. ' 2. Water shall be clear and free from injurious amounts of oil,acid,alkali,organic matter,sediment or any other deleterious substances in accordance with CSA-A23.1. ' 3. Aggregates shall meet the requirements of CSA-A23.1. 4. Chemical concrete admixtures may be used only when approved by the landscape architect and shall then meet the requirements of ASTM-C494 and shall be used only in accordance with the ' manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Air-Entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM-C260. ' 6. Reinforcement shall be in accordance with CSA-G.30. ' 7. Expansion joint fillers shall be an approved bituminous,pre-molded fibre joint filler conforming . to ASTM-D1751 or approved self-expanding cork conforming to ASTM-D.1752. 8. Granular base course materials shall be of clear,natural crushed stone,rock or gravel, Granular "A"in accordance with OPS Form No. 1010. 9. All materials for poured in place concrete shall be proportioned and mixed so as to produce a mix meeting the following requirements,and in accordance with CSA-A23.9. a) Strength,at 28 days as detailed ' b) Aggregate 20 mm maximum c) Maximum 75 mm slump at point of deposit d) Air Entrainment 60/6 ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 02310 Page 2 ' 2.2 Forms ' 1. All forms shall be wood or metal. PART 3-EXECUTION ' 3.1 Placement and Preparation 1. Remove soft and unstable areas in sub-grade and backfill and compact with approved granular ' material. 2. Compact sub-grade uniformly to minimum 95%Standard Proctor Dry Density(S.P.D.D.). ' 3. Place granular base course materials to the specified minimum depths as detailed. 4. Keep granular materials clean and free of deleterious materials at all times. 5. Maintain final grade of granular base course parallel to finished grade and obtain approval of base before proceeding with work. ' 6. Submit all written test reports. ' 7. Comply with CSA-A23.1 with respect to conveying and placing of concrete. 8. Transport concrete from mixer to point of deposit and deposit in its final position as quickly as possible to prevent separation and loss of materials. ' 9. Do not use re-tempered concrete or concrete which has been contaminated by foreign substances. ' 10. Place concrete in a continuous operation until section is completed or between joints. When required,place construction joints in accordance with CSA-A23.1.24. 11. Consolidate concrete,by approved means, while it is being placed. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into comers of forms. ' 12. Maintain constant quality control to ensure that finished concrete is dense, uniform and free of honey-combing and that no separation of materials can occur. ' 13. Place expansion joints where shown on drawings and as detailed. 14. Do not continue reinforcing bars through expansion joints but stop on either side of joint. 15. Install joint filler as detailed and to the specified depth. Expansion joint shall be true to'line and plumb. ' 16. Seal expansion joints as soon as curing of concrete has been completed. ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 02310 Page 3 1 ' 17. Apply sealant in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean joints thoroughly before sealing and remove all laitance. ' 18. Control joints to be saw cut. t19. Concrete surface to be broom finished. 3.2 Weather Protection 1. During cold weather protect concrete and concreting operations in accordance with CSA- A23.1.19. ' 2. During hot weather comply with the requirements of AC 1-605. 3.3 Curing 1. After concrete has sufficiently set, keep exposed surfaces continuously moist for at least seven (7)days. ' 2. Concrete shall be moist-cured with the use of burlap, or an approved equal, which shall be thoroughly wetted when applied and kept moist continuously during the curing period. ' 3. The use of curing compounds must be approved by the consultant and shall then meet the requirements of ASTM-C309. 4. Curing compounds shall be approved and shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations,or as directed. 3.4 Admixtures 1. It is the contractors full responsibility to adjust the proportioning and/or admixtures in order to ' prevent cracking,spalling,etc. due to weather or any other reason. Submit written report from supplier when doing so. 3.6 Testing ' 1. Concrete testing shall be done by taking three(3)concrete control cylinders for each fifty (50) metres of concrete placed but in any event, not less than one (1) test for each day concrete is ' poured. 2. Cylinders shall be taken from the concrete as it is delivered to the job site in the presence of,and as directed by,the testing engineer. 3. Cylinders shall be cured under laboratory conditions and shall be tested for compressive strength,slump and air content, in full accordance with CSA-A23. One cylinder shall be tested ' at seven(7)days and two cylinders at twenty-eight(28)days. 1 tCAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 02310 t Page 4 1 4. All freshly mixed concrete shall be tested for air content at time of placement, in accordance with CSA-A23.2.19. 5. Be responsible for the costs of all such tests and of additional tests resulting from: ' a) failure of test specimens to meet specified requirements. b) changes in materials, proportions and mix design and supply when requested by the ' contractor. C) Re-testing due to failure of test specimens. ' 6. Submit complete,written test reports to the consultant. ' END 1 I MASONRY Section 02410 ' Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.2 Related Work ' 1. Earthworks Section 02210 PART 2-PRODUCTS ' 2.1 Coping 1. All copings and sills to be Indiana limestone and shall match product as built on site. ' 2.2 Wall Unit Masonry ' 1. Use material supplied by owner. Approximately 27 tons of granite are available for use on the walls,clock tower and washroom building. Prepare granite to match previouslly installed. ' Provide additional granite when owners stockpile is deleted. Quarry source is Huntsville. 2.3 Blocks ' 1. Concrete Block-Block shall be autoclaved, cured and dimensionally to stable sizes shown on drawings meeting the requirements of the following specification: Hollow load bearing units-ASTM C90-66T 2. Blocks shall be sound and free from cracks,chips,spawls or other defects. 2.4 General Products 1. Masonry cement-shall comply with C.S.A. Specification CAN3-A8. 2. Aggregate-shall conform to C.S.A.Specification A82.56-M1976. ' 3. Water-shall be clean,potable and free from deleterious substances. 4. Reinforcement shall be placed as detailed on drawings and in conformance with CSA-A23-1. ' 5. Waterproofing admixtures for mixing with mortar, where specified, shall be of approved manufacture, delivered in standard containers clearly marked with the manufacturer's name and brand. ' MASONRY Section 02410 ' Page 2 ' 6. All bolts, anchors, etc. shall be galvanized or weatherproofed so as to prevent rusting through the stonework. ' 2.5 Mortar 1. Mortar shall be mixed in quantities which can be used within one (1) hour. Re-tempered or frozen mortar will not be accepted. ' 2. Mix mortar according to manufacturer's instructions. Mortar shall be ASTM type "M" for foundation walls,type"N"for all other work. ' 3. Adjust consistency of mortar by maximum amount of water addition, consistent with workability to provide maximum tensile bond strength. Keep air content in mortar to minimum. 4. Mortar shall be a colour,subject to approval. 5. Conform to CSA Standards,A 179,A 179M. ' PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection 1. All materials required for work described in this section shall be subject to inspection at the source of manufacture or supply,or upon delivery on the site. 2. Any materials not meeting the requirements of this specification shall immediately be rejected and removed from the site. ' 3. Any materials damaged or otherwise not meeting the requirements of the specifications shall not be incorporated into the work and shall be removed. 4. Arrange for the landscape architects inspection of all footings, foundations, etc., before backfilling. 3.2 Permits and Fees 1. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits prior to commencing ' work and shall arrange for and pay for all fees for such permits. 3.3 Laying Up 1. Lay true to line, level accurately space courses in running bond. Keep bond plumb throughout. Lay comers and reveals,plumb and true. ' 2. Fill bed and vertical joints evenly and solidly with mortar. Fill vertical, longitudinal joints and all voids completely by parging, pouring full of grout or by shoving rock closures into place with head joints thrown against adjacent bricks. 3. Bond interior and exterior corners fully. I ' MASONRY Section 02410 Page 3 4. Concrete block joints where exposed shall be solid filled, unless specified otherwise. Ensure all ' joints are of uniform thickness,in straight lines. 5. Do not wet concrete block before laying. 6. Face stone to be anchored to block back-up with truss ties as detailed. 7. In laying masonry, avoid overplumbing and pounding of corners and jambs after setting in position. After mortar has set, if adjustment required, remove mortar and replace with fresh mortar. 8. Where fresh masonry abuts partially or fully set masonry, clean exposed surface and dampen existing surface to obtain bond. 9. Conform to CSA Standard A371. 3.4 Cleaning 1. Before starting cleaning operations,allow mortar to set and cure thoroughly. 2. Use cleaning agent as recommended by brick manufacturer's recommendations. ' 3. When directed,use cleaning agent first on sample panel and obtain approval of results from the landscape architect. 4. When muriatic acid is used for cleaning,wash treated area with water immediately after use of acid. 5. The temperature of the air shall be maintained at not less than 4.5°C from one (1)hour before commencement until at least forty-eight(48)hours after completion. 6. The use of admixtures to lower the freezing point of the mortar will not be permitted. 7. Provide adequate protection of finished work to prevent damage. 8. Protect all new work from rain or snow with tarpaulin or similar. 3.5 Erection Tolerances ' 1. Variation from Mean Plane: Walls shall be constructed as true planes and when tested with a 3,000 mm straight edge,placed ' anywhere on wail in any direction shall be true within 5 mm. 2. Variation from the Plumb: Surfaces of columns and walls shall be plumb within 5 mm in 3,000 mm. i 1 Section 02410 MASONRY 1 Page 4 ' 3. Variation from the Level: Variation from the level for any masonry course shall not exceed 5 mm in any bay or 6,000 mm maximum. i3.6 Protection 1 1. Be responsible for the protection of all work installed as specified hereinafter until acceptance of the work. 1 2. Repair, replace or otherwise remedy any defects or damages to work incurred prior to acceptance,at no additional cost to the owner. 3. Mortar shall not be used when the temperature of the air is below 4.5°C at any time during the 1 day,unless means are provided to maintain the temperature above 4.5°C and protect the finished work from freezing. 1 4. Where required, bricks shall be heated to a minimum temperature of 4.5°C, but not more than 60°C,and mortar to a temperature of not less than 21°C,but not over 50°C. ' END 1 l 1 1 i 1 ' SODDING Section 02487 ' Page 1 tPART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements ' 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 2. Planting Section 02490 ' PART 2-PRODUCTS ' 2.1 Topsoil 1. Topsoil shall be shredded imported material and placed to a compacted depth of 150mm,unless specified otherwise. 2. Topsoil shall be natural loam with an acidity range from 6.0 pH to 7.5 pH, containing orgainic matter of clay loams and a minimum of 2%for sandy foams; and free of stones, and roots over ' 50 mm dia., and subsoil, clay lumps,other solid materials,noxious weeds,weed seeds or other deleterious materials. 2.2 Sod 1. Sod shall be a Certified No. 1 sod,grown and sold in accordance with the latest specifications of ' the Nursery Sod Growers Association of Ontario(NSGA), composition of 50%Kentucky Blue Grass and 50%Merton Blue Grass. 2. At the time of delivery, sod shall have a strong, fibrous root system, be free of disease, stones, burned or bare spots,with a healthy green color and contain not more than 1%twitch grass and other weeds. 3. Sod shall be cut and rolled in sections of.836 sq. m.in area and approximately 32 mm thick as specified by the NSGA. 4. Wooden pegs,for staking of sod on slopes 1:3 and steeper,shall be approved hardwood pegs 25 mm x 25 mm square and at least 225 mm long, or longer, as required to provide satisfactory anchorage. 5. Fertilizer shall be a commercial fertilizer having a 10-10-10 ratio and shall be applied such that actual nitrogen shall be 10.5 kg. 100 sq.m. 2.3 Delivery and Storage 1. Protect sod during transportation for delivery to the site in a fresh and healthy condition. SODDING Section 02487 Page 2 2. Install sod immediately-no later than 48 hours after arrival on site. Keep moist and fresh until installation. 3. Handle sod carefully to prevent breaking or tearing. Immediately remove damaged or dried-out sod from the site. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 Site Preparation 1. Adjust and grade sub-grade to allow the placing of topsoil to minimum depths below finished grade as specified. ' 2. Scarify sub-grade to at least 75 mm deep and remove debris and all stones 50 mm in diameter and larger. ' 3. Arrange for inspection of finished sub-grade by the consultant. 4. Spread and grade topsoil evenly over approved sub-grade. ' 5. Unless recommended otherwise on soil test report,apply a 10-10-10 fertilizer at the rate of 10.5 kg/100 sq.m. ' 6. Work fertilizer well and uniformly into the topsoil within 48 hours before laying sod. ' 7. Fine-grade, rake and roll surface until smooth and firm against foot prints, and free of depressions,lumps and irregularities. 3.2 Installation 1. Place sod closely knit together so that no open joints are visible and pieces are not overlapping. 2. Install sod to blend tight and uniformly with adjoining grass areas and to be flush with paving, top of curbs,etc. 3. On slopes of 3:1 and steeper, place sod perpendicular to the slope and stake every row with wooden pegs at 600 mm intervals.Drive pegs flush with sod. 4. Immediately after installation, water with sufficient amount to saturate sod and underlying topsoil. 5. As soon as sod has dried sufficiently to prevent damage,roll with roller to ensure a good bond between sod and topsoil and to remove minor depressions and irregularities. 6. Clean up all areas and remove debris. ' Section 02487 SODDING ' Page 3 3.3 Maintenance 1. Maintain all sodded areas immediately after installation until all project work has been inspected,approved and accepted. 2. Maintenance shall include all necessary measures to establish and maintain grass in a healthy, vigorous growing condition. 3. Maintenance shall include,but not be limited to,the following work: ' a) Mow grass areas at regular intervals as required to maintain grass at a maximum height of 50 mm. Not more than 1/3 of grass blade shall be cut during one mowing. Hand clip where necessary and keep edges neatly trimmed. Remove heavy clippings immediately after mowing and trimming. One cutting is considered part of this contract. b) Weed and disease control when necessary. Use chemicals in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and be fully responsible for all damages resulting from use of chemicals. ' c) Fertilize and water, when necessary, with sufficient quantities of water to prevent sod and underlying soil from drying out. Water is considered contractor's cost. ' d) Roll all sodded areas to remove minor depressions and irregularities. e) Repair all erosion damage resulting from faulty workmanship. f) Replace all grass which has deteriorated or which shows bare spots. ' g) Protect all grass areas against damage,including erosion and trespassings,by providing . and maintaining proper safeguards.Remove safeguards at end of maintenance period. END ' PLANTING Section 02490 ' Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 PART 2-PRODUCTS ' 2.1 Planting Soil 1. Topsoil part of the triple mix,shall be natural loam with an acidity range.from 6.0 pH to 7.5 pH; containing organic matter of 4%for clay loams and a minimum of 2%for sandy loams;and free ' of stones and roots over 50 mm dia., and subsoil, clay lumps, other solid materials, noxious weeds,weed seeds or other deleterious materials. ' 2. Soil for all planting beds and tree pits shall be triple mix. 2.2 Peatmoss ' 1. Peatmoss shall consist of partially decomposed fibrous or cellular stems of Sphagnum Mosses and shall have a porous to spongy fibrous texture, with a pH ranging from 4.5 to 6.0. The peatmoss shall be supplied in bales,which shall be free of decomposed colloidal residue,wood, ' sulphur and iron and shall be finely shredded into particles not larger than 6 mm. 2.3 Bonemeal 1. Bonemeal shall be a commercial, clean bonemeal, finely ground and analyzing to a minimum 5%nitrogen and 20%phosphoric acid. 2.4 Fertilizer 1. Fertilizer shall be inorganic,complete fertilizers containing not less than 60%ureaformaldehyde. 2.5 Plant Materials ' 1. All plants shall be No. I Grade, nursery-grown stock of a grade and quality conforming to the horticultural standards and grown under proper cultural practices as adopted by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association(CNTA). 2. Nursery stock shall be transplanted and/or root pruned regularly, but not later than nine (9) months prior to arrival on project site. PLANTING Section 02490 ' Page 2 ' 3. Plants shall conform to all regulations requiring inspection for disease and insect control. Plants which require chemical treatment as ordered by the Department of Agriculture shall be ' prohibited. 4. All plants shall be true to name in accordance with the plant list, with botanical names conforming to the"International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Plants". 5. Plants shall be tagged with their name and size. Labels shall not be removed until after final inspection at the end of the maintenance period. ' 6. Substitutions for the specified plants are not allowed unless approved by the landscape architect in writing. ' 7. Any plants dug from native stands, wood lots, and which have not received proper cultural maintenance as advocated by the CNTA,shall be designated as"Collected Plants". 8. The supply and planting of"Collected Plants"will not be permitted unless approved, in writing and subject to inspection by the landscape architect at the original growing location. Be responsible for all costs related to such inspection. ' 9. The guarantee period for approved "Collected Plants" shall be one (1) year longer than the specified guarantee period for nursery-grown plants. 10. Plants shall be supplied from nurseries located within the same hardiness zone,and grown in the same soil conditions as the project site, and in accordance with the Plant List,unless otherwise approved. 11. Plants shall be freshly dug and be in a healthy vigorous condition upon arrival at the site. Heeled-in plants or plants from cold storage are not allowed. 12. Plants shall be sound,healthy and well-branched,free of disease and insects,and possess all the characteristics of the specified species. Headers shall be straight and intact and stems and trunks free of sun scalds,frost cracks,abrasions and other damages. r13. Old injuries shall be completely callused over with pruning wounds showing vigorous bark on all edges and all parts showing live green cambium tissue when cut. ' 14. Plants shall be measured when the branches are in their normal position with height and spread dimensions referring to the main body of the plant. ' 15. Trees are specified by caliper which is the diameter of the trunk measured at 150 mm above grade. ' 16. Root balls shall contain at least 75%of the fibrous roots and shall conform to the sizes specified in the Guide Specification for Nursery Stock of the Canadian Nursery Trades Association. I ' PLANTING Section 02490 Page 3 17. Root balls shall be supplied wrapped in burlap as follows: Root Ball Diameter ' a) Up to 450 mm 5 oz.Hessian burlap b) 450 mm to 750 mm double burlap ' c) 900 mm and up double burlap and drum laced with 6 mm rope at 200 mm spacing 2.6 Accessories 1. Wrapping material for tree trunks shall be burlap or approved equal, at least 270g/ in in weight and ranging in width from 150 mm to 250 mm. 2. Stakes for support of small trees and large shrubs shall be as detailed or an approved equal, painted with two coats of dark brown stain. ' 3. Supports for large trees, as detailed, shall consist of zinc-coated guy cables, eye bolts and turnbuckles or an approved equal. Cables shall be used for trees 150 mm in caliper and over. ' 4. Wires for tree supports shall be#9 gauge galvanized steel wire encased in new black two-ply 12 mm diameter rubber hose. ' 5. Anti-dessicant,where required,shall be"Wilt Proof'or an approved equal. 6. Install rodent protection on all trees and shrubs. Shrub protection may be"Scoot"or equal. 2.7 Mulch 1. Shredded pine bark. 2.8 Quality Assurance ' 1. All planting work shall be carried out by experienced workmen under the direction and supervision of experienced and qualified plantsmen. ' 2. All plants shall be No. 1 Grade nursery stock grown and supplied in accordance with current standards as adopted by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association latest metric edition. ' 3. All plants shall meet or exceed all pertinent regulations with respect to inspection for plant disease and insect control. ' 4. Submit samples of specified mulches and plant accessories when required by the landscape architect. Keep approved sample(s) on site in an approved, protected location until work has been inspected,approved and accepted. ' PLANTING Section 02490 Page 4 5. All topsoil shall be tested for N.P.K. and minor elements as well as for clay and organic matter content, and acidity (pH) range, when required by landscape architect. After being tested, ' written test reports shall be submitted and approved by the landscape architect, before being used on site. 2.9 Inspections 1. All plant materials shall be available for inspection at the nursery by the landscape architect and representatives of the municipality. The contractor shall give timely notice of availability of the ' material for inspection. 2. Approval of plants at the nursery does not impair the right of the landscape architect to inspect ' plants upon arrival at site and reject plants which have been damaged, are in poor condition, or otherwise do not conform to the specifications. 3. Do not remove plant labels until plants have been inspected and approved by the landscape architect. PART 3-EXECUTION ' 3.1 Delivery and Storage 1. Deliver all materials in their original containers with all labels intact and legible. Containers with fertilizers, peatmoss, bonemeal, etc., shall clearly indicate contents, weight, analysis and manufacturer's name. I 2. All materials which are subject to deterioration from weather shall be stored in a dry,protected weather-proof area. 3. Plants shall be protected from damage and drying out from the time they are dug, during transportation,until planting on the site. 4. Plants which cannot be planted immediately after arrival on the site shall be properly heeled in, protected and kept moist until they can be planted. 3.2 Site Preparation ' 1. Excavate to the specified depth,as detailed,or in accordance with the following schedule: a) Shrubs and Evergreens 450 mm minimum(bulk excavated shrub beds) b) Groundcovers,perennial and annual plants 300 mm minimum c) Pits shall be deep enough to allow at least 150 mm of topsoil under root ball. ' 2. Stake out the locations of all tree pits and planting areas to the landscape architect's approval before planting. ' PLANTING Section 02490 Page 5 3. - Scanfy sub grade in tree pits and planting areas to a minimum depth of 150 mm. ' 3.3 Installation 1. Plant during periods suitable with respect to climatic conditions,locally accepted practice and to ' the landscape architect's approval. 2. Plants shall be installed to give the best appearance and to the landscape architect's approval. ' 3. Plants shall be set plumb in the centre of pits and at the same relationship to grade as in their original growing locations. 4. Remove ropes,wires,etc.and pull away burlap from top 113 of rootball. 5. Backfill in 150 mm layers firmly tamping each layer around the roots and taking care not to ' leave air pockets. 6. Thoroughly water when planting pit is half full and again when completely filled. ' 7. Allow each plant and tree to be about 75 mm above surrounding grade to permit natural settlement. I 8. Surround each plant,except when planted in a bed,with an earth saucer as large as the planting pit in order to retain water. Remove saucer at the end of the maintenance period. 9. Thoroughly water all planting areas and trees immediately after planting. ' 3.4 Tree Wrapping PP g 1. Immediately after planting,wrap all tree trunks with burlap or an approved equal. Tie with cord to keep wrapping snug and neat. Prior to applying wrapping, spray trunks with a wettable powder of long residual insecticide. r3.5 Tree Support 1. Install tree supports as detailed. Tighten guys without placing undue strain. Encase wires in ' rubber hose at points of contact with bark. 3.6 Pruning ' 1. Prune all plants as necessary to remove dead and broken branches and to compensate for the loss of roots as a result of transplanting and digging in nursery. ' 2. Preserve the natural character;do not remove leader or small branches along trunks. 3. Use clean,sharp tools and make cuts clean and flush without leaving stubs. ' PLANTING Section 02490 Page 6 ' 4. Cut back to living tissue all cuts,scars and bruises,shaped so as not to retain water. ' 5. Paint all cuts 25 mm and larger with tree paint. 3.7 Maintenance ' 1. Maintain all plants and planting areas immediately after installation until all project work has been inspected, approved and accepted. Further, maintain all plant material for the duration of the warranty period. ' 2. Maintenance shall include all necessary measures to establish and maintain plants in a healthy, vigorous growing condition and planting areas neat and tidy. ' 3. Maintenance shall include,but not be limited to the following work: a) Maintenance, repair and replacement, where necessary, of all accessories such as wrappings,tree guys and stakes,turnbuckles,etc. b) Regular inspection of all plants and control of insects and diseases. ' c) Fertilizing, watering and pruning as necessary. Water is considered the contractors cost. I d) Removal of debris, broken branches, etc. to keep planting areas in a neat and tidy condition at all times. ' 4. Failure to maintain plant material will result with the owner paying separate contractors to do the work,and said value to be deducted from the contract price. 5. All plants shall be free of diseases and insect infestations in a healthy, good growing condition, and planting areas free of weeds and freshly cultivated,at time of final inspection. 6. Chemicals for control of weeds, insects and disease shall be used in strict accordance with manufacturers'recommendations. 7. The contractor shall be fully responsible for all damages resulting from use of chemicals. ' 8. Protect all planting areas against damage, including erosion and trespassing, by providing and maintaining proper safeguards. Remove safeguards at the end of the maintenance period. ' 3.8 Guarantee 1. All plants accepted shall be guaranteed for a period of two (2) years from date of project ' acceptance. 2. All plants shall be inspected at the time of the guarantee period(s). Plants which,at that time,are not in a healthy vigorous growing condition to the landscape architect's approval, shall be replaced at no extra charge. PLANTING Section 02490 Page 7 3. Replacements shall be supplied and planted in strict accordance with drawings,plant list and the ' specifications and shall be subject to the specified guarantee periods. 4. Replacements shall be planted as soon as possible, but during the proper planting season, in accordance with accepted horticultural practice. 5. All replacement trees shall be clearly marked in a visible manner. 6. Notify owner and landscape architect,in writing,when replacements are to be planted. 7. Replacements required because of vandalism, theft, or other causes beyond the contractor's control,are not part of this contract. END i ' UNIT PAVING Section 02515 Page 1 ' PART1 -GENERAL 1.1 General Instructions ' 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 Related Work 1. Earthworks Section 02210 ' 2. Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03300 PART 2-PRODUCTS i 2.1 Materials 1. Unit pavers shall conform to material previously installed (Brooklin Concrete Products) ' shotblast. Material size and colour in this contract shall vary from installed work. Color to be selected upon sample submission supplied to the Landscape Architect by the Contractor. 2. Joints shall be mortared. 3. Conform to CSA Specification CAN 3-A231.2-M85. ' PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation t1. Stake out all paving to the consultant's approval. Co-ordinate with layout of adjacent concrete construction. ' 3.2 Installation I. Install pavers in sequence as per manufacturer's recommendations. Pattern to be as detailed. 2. Mechanically saw cut all pavers as necessary to fit in corners,ends,etc. Do not guillotine cut. ' 3. All paving pattern layouts shall be symmetrical between the outside fixed points. 3.3 Inspection ' 1. Unit paving shall receive final inspection by the consultant upon completion of all paving work. 2. The surface of the finished paving shall be true to grade as shown on drawings and shall be free ' of irregularities exceeding 3 mm as measured with A 3000 mm straight-edge parallel to the centre line of the paving. 3. Any part of the completed paving not meeting the requirements of the drawings and the ' specifications shall be removed and replaced prior to acceptance and at the contractor's expense. ' SITE FURNITURE Section 02870 Page 1 ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 General Instructions ' 1. Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 Shop Drawings 1. Submit detailed shop drawings,Indicate sizes,materials and fastening methods. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS Suppliers: Tryston Products(519 632-8886 ' Maglin Products(519)539-6776 Bench: Maglin MLB 300,6' iron,custom colour frame to match pavilion ' Waste Container: Maglin Model 20 MLWR 200,plastic container secured to frame,lid funnel, custom colour secured to concrete pad. tPART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation ' 1. Install all products in locations shown in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Ensure grade below furniture are horizontally level. END ' AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION Section 02880 ' Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.2 Design Performance ' 1. The contractor shall review the design and be informed the supply is restricted to 25 mm pipe: Make changes to the layout and head location,if necessary,to ensure 100%coverage. ' PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 1. The irrigation components shall be as manufactured by the Toro Company, Irrigation Division, Riverside,California,or approved equal. 2. Plastic Piping: All pipe shall be class 160 - series 1120 direct burial high pressure polyvinyl ' chloride(PVC)pipe and shall confirm to CS-256-63. 3. Plastic Fittings: Schedule 40, polyvinyl (PVC) standard weight as manufactured by Sloane, ' Lasco or approved equal. 4. Solvent Cement: compatible with PVC pipe and of proper consistency. ' 5. Sprinkler Head Risers:Schedule 40 galvanized ironpipe or Schedule 80 PVC for risers. Pipe shall be cut into standard pipe cutting tool with sharp cutters.ream only to full diameter of pipe ' and clean all rough edges or burrs. Cut all threads accurately with sharp dies. Not more than . three(3)full threads shall show beyond fittings when pipe is made up. 2.2 Automatic Controllers 1. Toro 189-06-32 Vision II Series 12 Station Controller(1 unit). ' 2.3 Control Valves 1. Supply and install all automatic control valves shown on the drawings. Co-ordinate valves in jumbo valve boxes with lockable covers. 2. The automatic remote control valve shall be an electrically activated combination angle/glove 150 psi rate, Cycolac and glass filled nylon plastic construction. diaphragm shall be of ' polyurethane material. Solenoid shall be 3.5 watt, 24-volt A.C, with waterproof molded coil capable of being removed from the valve with turning coil and twisting wire or removing two screws. Valve shall be equipped with a hand operated flow control stem,a manual bleed plug, ' and all internal.parts shall be serviceable from top of valve without removing the body form the line. Pressure loss at 30 GPM shall not exceed 7.0 psi. ' AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION Section 02880 ' Page 2 3. Refer to manufacturer's schematic diagram Standard C-1 for installation. ' 2.4 Control Wires 1. Control wires shall be 24-volt TWU solid copper wire with coating,Class 2,direct burial in ground. The minimum wire size is 14 gauge. 2. All connections from wires to valves shall be made totally waterproof,butt spliced,crimped and ' heat shrinked only. 3. Where control wires are laid below walks/paved areas,the contractor shall install protective sleeves of PVC 1220-160 psi pipe or galvanized heavy wall steel conduit. 2.5 Sprinkler Heads 1. Toro 2001 Series Sprinklers. Types and models as indicated on drawing. All 2001 sprinkler heads to be mounted on 1"Lasco Swing Joints. 2. Toro 570Z hipops in planting beds. 3. Distributed b Turf Care Products Canada Limited 200 Pon Drive Newmark Y y et,Ontario (905)836-0988. ' 2.6 Quick Coupling Valves 1. Toro 474-04 Brass Quick Coupling Valve with 1"inlet x 1"outlet complete with a Toro 465-05 Grass Quick Coupling Key(117"male thread x 1" female thread)and 1"x 1"Hose Swivel for manual watering. all quick coupling valves to be mounted on 1"brass swing joints. Distributed ' by Turf Care Products Canada Limited,200 Pony Drive,Newmarket,Ontario(905)836-0988. 2.7 Control and Common Ground Wiring 1. Control and common ground wiring for automatic valve operation to be single strand 14 gauge copper of a type approved by the governing electrical authority, for underground direct burial. Available in black,blue,green,red,white,and yellow. 2.8 Miscellaneous Materials 1. Electrical Tare:black PVC plastic 19 mm(3.4")wide,a minimum 0.177 mm(0.0007")thick and an all weather type. 2. Electrical Wire Splices:all electrical wire splices must be made water tight with approved CSA approved watertight containers. 3. Thread Lubricant:thread lubricant of a type manufactured for plastic to metal such as Teflon Tape or Pennatex#2. ' AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION Section 02880 ' Page 3 PART 3-EXECUTION ' 3.1 Qualifications 1. All irrigation work described herein shall be executed by a contractor having a least five (5) years experience in this type of work. 3.2 General 1. Lay out work as accurately as possible to the drawings. The drawings,though carefully drawn,are generally diagrammatic to the extent that swing joints,offsets and all fittings are ' not shown. 2. The contractor shall be responsible for full and complete coverage of all irrigated areas and shall make any necessary minor adjustments at no additional cost to the owner. ' 3.3 Excavating and Trenching ' 1. Perform all excavations as required for the installation of the work included under this section including shoring of earth banks to prevent cave-ins. Restore all surfaces,existing underground installations,etc.,damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original condition and in ' a manner approved by the owner. Pulling of pipes is acceptable when approved by the consultant. 2. Trenches shall be made wide enough to allow a minimum of 150 mm between parallel pipe lines. Trenches for pipe lines shall be made of sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as follows: ' a) 450 mm minimum cover over main lines b) 300 mm minimum cover over control wires from controller valves. C) 300 mm minimum cover over lateral lines to heads. 3.4 Pipe Line Assembly 1. Install remote control valves where shown and group together where practical;place no closer than 300mm to walk edges,buildings and walls. 2. Plastic pipe and fittings shall be welded using solvents and methods as recommended by manufacturer of the pipe except where screwed connections are required. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust and moisture before applying solvent with a non-synthetic bristle brush. ' 3. Pipe may be assembled and welded on the surface. Snake pipe from side to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction. tAUTOMATIC IRRIGATION Section 02880 Page 4 1 4. Make all connections between plastic pipe and metal valves or steel pipe with threaded ' fittings using plastic male adapters. 3.5 Sprinkler Heads 1. Install all sprinklers as detailed on drawings. 2. Use pipe joint compound on glavanized iron fittings. t3.6 Closing of Pipe and Flushing Lines 1. Cap or plug all openings as soon as lines have been installed to prevent the entrance of ' materials that would obstruct the pipe. Leave in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. ' 2. Thoroughly flush out all water lines before installing heads,valves and other hydrants. 3. Test in accordance with paragraph on Hydrostatic tests. 4. Upon completion of the testing,the contractor shall complete assembly and adjust sprinkler heads for proper distribution. 3.7 Hydrostatic Tests 1. Request the presence of the owner and consultant in writing at least 48 hours in advance of ' testing. 2. Testing to be accomplished at the expense of the contractor and in the presence of the owner. 3. Centre load piping with small amount of backfill to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. 4. Apply a continuous water pressure of 60 psi when welded plastic joints have cured at least-24 hours. a) Main lines and submains to be tested for 12 hours. b) Lateral lines to be operated in sequence. 5. Repair leaks resulting from tests. 3.8 Automatic Controllers 1. Connect remote control valves to controller in a clockwise sequence to correspond with station setting beginning with Stations 1,2,3,etc. AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION Section 02880 ' Page 5 1 3.9 Automatic Control Wiring 1. Install control wires,sprinkler mains and laterals in common trenches wherever possible. 2. Install control wires at least 450 mm below finished grade and lay to the side and below main 1 line. Provide looped slack at valves and snake wires in trench to allow for contraction of wires. Tie wires in bundles at 3000 mm intervals. 3. Control wire splices will be allowed only runs more than 150 m. Connections shall be butt or galvanized steel conduit extending at least 300 mm beyond edges of paving or construction. ' 3.10 Backfill and Compacting 1. After system is operating and required tests and inspections have been made,backfill excavations and trenches with clean soil free of rubbish. 2. Backfill for all trenches,regardless of the type of pipe covered,shall be compacted to minimum 98%Standard Proctor Density(S.P.D.). ' 3. Compact trenches in areas to be planted by thoroughly flooding the backfill.jetting process may be used in those areas. Dress off all areas to finish grades. L3.11 Inspection 1. The contractor shall arrange for compaction tests of backfill in trenches and notify the ' consultant when such tests are to be carried out. 2. The contractor shall arrange for inspections by the consultant in the following instances: a) before backfilling trenches;and b) before hydrostatic tests 3.12 . Protection after Completion 1. Be responsible for winter shut down and spring start up during guarantee period. END DRINKING FOUNTAIN Section 02895 ' Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 General Instructions ' 1. Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 Related Work ' 1. Cast in Place Concrete Section 03300 1.3 Shop Drawings ' 1. Submit detailed shop drawings indicating sizes,materials and fasteners. 1.4 Approvals 1. Obtain any permits and/or approvals required. ' PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 1. Drinking fountain is custom product built with granite veneer. Mechanical components shall be stock components available from Haws,or Knetch&Berchtold. All materials non-rusting. 2. Fasteners to base shall be galvanized or non-rusting equal. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 Installation 1. Install fountain true to plumb and level horizontally. 2. Bury depth of water supply is 1200 mm. Hydraulically compact native backfill materials. 3. Drain line to be installed per detail on plans. Compact backfill to 95%of Standard Proctor Dry Density(S.P.D.D.). t END ' PAVILION Section 02900 Page 1 rPART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 General Instructions 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 Related Work 1. Section 02310 Cast in Place Concrete 1 Section 02515 Unit Paving Section 07612 Sheet Copper Roofing Section 09900 Painting PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 1. Base bid for pavilion model supplied by Henderson Recreation Ltd.,Norwich,Ontario NOJ 1 PO Telephone: 519-863-3610 Facsimile: 519-863-3904 Pavilion Model GOC 28M(modified) -custom copper roof -steel handrail 3 sides only -painted steel,colour to be selected,2 coats ' -include 2"x 6"tongue and groove plank roof,stained finish -column modifications for electrical components 2.2 Frame 1. Design Criteria Poligon structures shall be designed as space frames using three dimensional structural analysis to determine member loads and forces. All steel members shall be designed in strict accordance with the requirements and specifications of the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) or the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) for cold formed members as applicable. 2. Welding All shop welding shall be performed by certified welders. All welding shall be performed in strict accordance with the American Welding Society(AWS)Structural Welding code-Steel, ' AWS D1.1. No field welding shall be required. i 9 00 ct on 02 PAVILION Se Page 2 3. Structure Anchorage 1 With certain exceptions, Poligon structures shall be surface mounted over a single internal anchor bolt per column,with access to the anchor bolt provided through a hole in the column covered by a plate installed with tamper resistant screws. ' 4. Tube Sections and Concealed Fasteners All structural framing shall be steel tubes or structural steel sections, with bolt connections concealed within the tubing wherever possible. 5. Finishes ' Standard steel frames shall be prime painted with a rust inhibitive modified alkyd primer according to the Steel Structures Painting Council(SSPC-S02)as outlined in AISC 6.5. Two coats of finish paint shall be field applied with material and labor by others. Galvanized frames and finish painted frames are available at an added cost. Consult Poligon for galvanizing and finish painting specifications. 6. Foundation Foundation shall be constructed to local codes and good construction practices for the specific 1 site conditions. Anchor bolts and location for same shall be supplied by W.M. Porter, Inc. Foundation engineering will be by others(not W.H.Porter,Inc.). 7. Shop Drawings Required for all components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Building Erection 1. Erection of the structure shall be done with a competent supervisor in the construction trades and according to the installation instructions of the manufacturer and good construction practices. Some adjustment, cutting, fitting and shimming will be required by the contractor for proper erection. END DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE .1 Ecavating, Backfilling and Grading Section 02200 ' 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 Do concrete formwork, concrete reinforcement and cast-in-place concrete in ' accordance with CAN3-A23.1-M84, except where specified otherwise. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit shop drawings for concrete reinforcement for review by Consultant prior to fabrication of steel. ' 1.4 SITE CONDITIONS .1 Place concrete in hot and cold weather as specified in CAN3-A23.1-M84. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Cement: to CAN3-A 5-M84. Type 10 normal Portland. .2 Water, fine aggregates, normal density, coarse aggregates: to CAN3-A23.1-M84. .3 Air entraining admixture: to CAN3-A266.1-M78. ' .4 Chemical admixtures: to CAN3-A266.2-M78. .5 Pozzolanic mineral admixtures: to CAN3-A266.3-M78. .6 Non-shrink grout: pre-mixed compound consisting of metallic aggregate, cement, ' water reducing and plasticizing agents, of pouring consistency, capable of developing compressive strength of 50 MPa at 28 days. .7 Dry pack: pre-mixed or non pre-mixed composition of non metallic aggregate, cement tand sufficient water for the mixture to retain its shape when made into a ball by hand and capable of developing compression strength of 50 MPa at 28 days. .8 Formwork Lumber- plywood and wood formwork materials to CAN3 A23.1-M77. ' .9 Form Release agent - chemically active release agents containing compounds that react with free lime present in concrete to provide water insoluble soaps, preventing set of film of concrete in contact with form. 10 Premoulded Joint Fillers - Bituminous impregnated fibre board to ASTM D1751-73. 11 Form Ties - removable or snap off metal ties, fixed or adjustable length, free of devices leaving holes l arge r tha n 1 diameter in concrete surface. .12 Anchor Bolts - to ASTM A307-76b. .13 Drill in Anchors - Phillips"Redhead" self drilling anchors or approved equal. ' .14 Reinforcing steel: billet steel, grade 400, deformed bars to GSA G30.12-M1977 unless indicated otherwise. .15 Cold-drawn annealed steel wire ties: to CSA G30.3-1972(R1979). 16 Welded steel wire fabric: to CSA G30.5-1972(111979). DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 2 17 Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers: to CAN3-A23.1-M77 and adequate for strength and support of reinforcing construction conditions. 18 Non-metallic floor hardener: premixed, emery aggregate, durag premium by Sternson Limited. .19 Chemical hardener: magnesium fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate blend. 20 Wax: coloured concrete floor buffing compound. 2.2 CONCRETE MIXES ' 1 Proportion normal density concrete to CAN3-A23.1-M77, Clause 14 to give the following mix: for concrete as required on the drawings, use Type 10 cement to give minimum compressive cylinder strength as indicated ondrawings or 25 MPa in 28 days for Class B exposure with 19 mm nominal size of coarse aggregate and 5% to 7% air content .2Proportion normal density concrete to CAN3-A23.1-M77, Clause 14 to give the following mix: for use as fill concrete, use Type 10 cement to give minimum compressive cylinder strength of 15 MPa in 28 days for Class D exposure with 19 mm nominal size of coarse aggregate. ' 3 Provide certification that plant,-equipment, and all materials to be used in concrete comply with the requirements of CAN3-A23.1-M77. AProvide certification that mix proportions selected will produce concrete of specified quality and yield and that strength will comply with CAN3-A23.1-M77, Clause 17.5. .4 Obtain Consultant's approval before using chemical admixtures other than those specified. ' .5 Use of calcium chloride not permitted. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP 1 Verify lines, and levels before proceeding with formwork and ensure dimensions agree with drawings. .2 Construct forms to produce finished concrete conforming to the shape, dimensions, locations, and levels shown on the drawings within the tolerances required by CAN3- , A23.1-M77. .3 Align form joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. .4 Use 20 mm. chamfer strips on all exposed edges of walls. t .5 Form chases, slots, openings, drips, recesses, expansion and control joints as detailed. Confine pour length of the foundation walls to 8 meters. .6 Obtain Consultant's approval before placing concrete. Provide 24 h notice pry for to placing of concrete. .7 Place concrete in accordance with CAN3-A23.1-M77. ' .8 Ensure reinforcement and inserts are not disturbed during concrete placement. .9 Obtain Consultant's approval of proposed method for protection of concrete during placing and curing in adverse weather, prior to placing of concrete. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE CAST-iN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 3 ' 10 Maintain accurate records of poured concrete items to indicate date, location of pour, quality, air temperature and test samples taken. ' .11 Construction joints shall be located as shown on drawings or as approved by Consultant. 3.2 INSERTS 1 Set sleeves, ties, anchor bolts, and other inserts, openings and sleeves, in concrete as required by other trades. ' 2 No sleeves, ducts, pipes or other openings shall pass through concrete work, except where expressly detailed on structural drawings or approved by Consultant. .3 Do not eliminate or displace reinforcement to accommodate hardware. If inserts ' cannot be located as specified, obtain approval of all modifications from Consultant before placing of concrete. 3.3 FINISHING .1 Finish concrete to CAN3-A23.1-M77. .2 Rub exposed sharp edges of concrete with carborundum to produce 3 mm radius ' edges unless otherwise detailed. .3 Formed surfaces exposed to the public view shall be grout cleaned and sack rubbed as specified in CAN3-A23.1-M77. ' 4 Fnish top surface of exterior slabs by screeding and floating followed by broom brushing to provide non-slip finished surface. 3.4 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE 1 Remove defective concrete, blemishes and embedded debris and repair as directed by Consultant. 3.5 SLAB ON GRADE 1 Slabs shall not be placed until all necessary services and conduits are in place and ithe subgrade material is compacted to a density not less than 98% of the standard proctor density at optimum moisture content. .2 Supply deposit roll and tamp welt-graded type 1 fill to the thickness as indicated on the drawings. Any irregularities or holes in the subgrade shall be filled and tamped level before the granular base is placed. Refer to Division 2 for backfilling details under slabs Supply and place welded steel wire fabric as shown on the drawings. .4 The top of the slab shall be brought to an even level or sloping surface as indicated on the drawings. 5 Steel trowel in accordance with CAN3-A23.1-M77 Class A. .6 Follow with second steel trowelling to produce smooth burnished finish. ' .7 Do not sprinkle dry cement or dry cement and sand mixture over concrete surfaces. 8 Saw cut crack control joints to CAN3 A23.1-M77. .9 Apply floor hardener non-metallic aggregate at rate of 5 kg/m2 to manufacturer's instructions. DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Page 4 ' 10 Do not use curing compound when chemical hardeners are used. 11 Apply concrete floor wax in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING 1 Inspection and testing of concrete and concrete materials will be carried out by a ' testing laboratory designated by Consultant. .2 Provide concrete samples for making of concrete cylinders as required by inspection company. ' END OF SECTION r r t DIVSION 4 -r MASONRY ' MORTAR SECTION 04100 Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' .1 Unit masonry Section 04200 1.3 SUBMITTALS ' .1 Submit affadavits of an independent testing laboratory that materials conform to requirements specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' f Conform to CSA A 179.M 1976. 2 Cement: Normal Portland cement conforming to CSA A5.M1977. 3 Sand: sharp, durable, clean and free from contaminants, uniform in colour, to CSA ' A82.56.M 1977. .4 Hydrated lime: to CSA A82.43.1970 (R1971). .5 Masonry cement: to CSA A8.M 1977. ' 6 Water: clean, free of contaminants and potable. .7 Bonding agent: "Advancotight" manufactured by Con-Add Manufacturing Company, "Sealbond" manufactured by Domtar Construction Materials or equivalent products manufactured by Stemson Limited or Thoro Building Products, 2.2 MIXING ' 1Accurately proportion by volume and thoroughly mix mortar in a mechanical mixer for at least five minutes after all material is in the mixer. Clean mixer after each batch and at the end of the day. Mix dry ingredients to homogeneous mix of uniform colour, then add water slowly. 2 Retempering: add water so that mortar will contain maximum amount of water consistent with good workability 3 Time limits: use mortar within 2.5 hours when the temperature is 27°C or higher. Use within 3.5 hours when the temperature is below 2M . 2.3 MIXES .1 For load-bearing masonry and syone work: Type S mortar. .2 For non load-bearing masonry: Type N mortar. .3 Temperature of mortar: 21°C minimum, 4900 maximum. PART 3 - EXECUTION Specified in Section 04200. END OF SECTION DIVISION 4 - MASONRY UNIT MASONRY SECTION 04200 Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Cast-in-place concrete Section 03300 2 Mortar Section 04100 .3 Metal doors and frames Section 08100 4 Sealants Section 07900 ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit samples of units for approval by Consultant when requested. 1.4 SUPERVISION. 1 All masonry work shall be under continuous supervision by a competent foreman. ' 2 One thoroughly experienced, reliable and competent man shall be in charge of all mortar mixing. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Store cementitious materials indoors. .2 Cement, lime and mortar to be delivered in original containers with manufacturer's seals and labels intact. .3 Store mortar sand on tight platforms, keep dry and clean. Cover with tarpaulins. .4 Deliver masonry units in pallets or other approved manner to previcent damage. Store on skids above ground, cover to keep dry and clean. 1.6 SPECIAL PROTECTION 1 Protect masonry against stains and defacement. Cover exposed ledges and corners with temporary wood boarding when necessary. .2 Maintain a waterproof temporary cover over top of all uncompleted masonry exposed to weather. .3 Erect windbreaks when wind is in excess of 25 km per hour. .4 Protect new work from direct rays of sun to prevent fast drying and shrinkage. ' .5 Temperature requirements: .1 Air temperature below 4°C - heat water and sand to between 21°C and 70°C. .2 Air temperature below 0°C - in addition to above requirements, enclose and heat working areas and maintain heating for 7 days after installation. .3 Air temperature below-18°C - no construction should be attempted except for emergency construction. 6 General requirements: .1 Do not use salamanders without approval of Consultant. .2 Do not use calcium chloride or any anti-freeze additive. DIVISION 4 - MASONRY ' UNIT MASONRY SECTION 04200 Page 2 .3 Do not use frozen material. 4 Do not wet masonry units. ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Hollow concrete block: to CSA Al65.M1977, Type H/7.5/AIM .2 Solid concrete block: to CSA A165.M1977, Type S 1 12.5/A/M, 100% solid. ' 3 Face stone: Use stone provided by the owner. .4 Masonry reinforcement: "Dur-O-Wall Trus" or"Ladur" manufactured by Dur-O-Wall Ltd. or"Blok-Lok" or"Blok-Tres" manufactured by Blok-Lok Ltd. Minimum 3.8 mm nominal diameter deformed wire for single block wythes and minimum 4.8 mm nominal diameter for two or more wythes. Galvanized after fabrication and sized 50 mm narrower than wall or partition. Provide pre-fabricated corners and intersections ' where required. .5 Metal ties and anchors: crimped metal ties, galvanized, 25 mm x 175 mm x 0.76 mm thick steel. 6 Flashing: laminated type of 21.5 g/mc2e copper sheet, flexible kraft paper, fibreglass reinforcing yarn, blended with asphalt: Copper-Guard supplied by W. R. Meadows or Copper Glaskraft by Gummed Papers Ltd. ' .7 Joint filler: rubber type by Blok-Lok Ltd., Dur-O-Wall Ltd., or Debro Products Ltd. .8 Wall vents: PVC type conforming to CSA A93 and equal to Goodco Brick Vents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1 Examine work on which work of this Section is supported or comes into contact and do not proceed unless surfaces and conditions are acceptable. .2 Commencement of work will denote acceptance of surfaces and conditions. .3 Examine relevant shop drawings for items to be built into or supported by masonry construction. ' 3.2 PREPARATION 1 Establish lines. levels, and coursing and protect from disturbances. ' .2 Prepare for building-in of all items whether supplied and installed by others or installed under this Section. ' 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES 1 Construct wails as true planes with maximum tolerances of 3 mm in 3.0 m in any direction. 2 Variation from plumb: 6 mm in 9.0 m. or 6.0 m. at comers. .3 Wall openings: 6 mm maximum from designated opening size. DIVISION 4- MASONRY ' UNIT MASONRY SECTION 04200 Page 3 3.4 LAYING UP 1 Distribute exposed masonry units of varying colours, tones and textures evenly over the wall surface to avoid patches and streaks and to produce an even appearance. .2 Construct masonry in maximum lifts of 5.0 m. per working day .3 Toothing is not permitted. Rake back one-half unit length where stop-off is ' necessary in horizontal run of masonry. .4 Chases shall be built, not cut. .5 Chipped or blemished units may be used where concealed. Defective and broken units shall be rejected. .6 Build masonry with accurately plumbed faces, truly horizontal bed joints and accurately aligned vertical joints. ' 7 Cut masonry neatly with a carborundum saw, where it comes in contact with the structure and where less than full units are required and build tightly against structure except where expansion, control and deflection joints are required. ' 8 Adjust openings to present uniform appearance with minimum of cut units. .9 Bond intersecting walls or partitions, of equal cousing height, in regular coursing. .10 Where fresh masonry abuts partially or fully set masonry, clean and dampen existing exposed surface to ensure good bond. .11 Install dovetail anchors every second course where masonry abuts concrete. ' 3.5 BEDS, JOINTS, COURSING 1 lay masonry units with all bed and vertical joints filled with mortar including webs of concrete blocks. 2 All masonry to be built in running bond. .3 Joint finish: 1 For exposed block and brick or to be painted: tooted. ' .2 For block to be covered by other construction: flush. 3.6 LATERAL SUPPORT 1 Where tops of non-load bearing partitions meet structural elements, provide lateral support in accordance with requirements of Ontario Building Code. 3.7 BUILDING-iN, CUTTING AND FITTING 1 Install hollow metal door frames, by building lugs securely into joints and filling voids with mortar. Keep frames free of mortar stains. .2 Do cutting, fitting and making good to receive of other trades. .3 install items supplied by others to be built into masonry including metal fabrications, loose lintels, bearing plates, sleeves, anchor bolts, anchors and other similar items. 3.8 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORING ' .1 Place reinforcement in every second course commencing at the second joint above base level. Lap reinforcing 150 mm at splices. ' .2Provide following additional reinforcing: 1 Comers and junctions of walls and partitions: each course extending 750 mm in each direction. DIVISION 4- MASONRY UNIT MASONRY SECTION 04200 Page 4 .2 In first two courses above and below openings extending for the width of the opening plus 900 mm. ' 3 Do not bridge control or expansion joints. .4 Bond brick veneer to other construction using corrosion resistant metal ties at spacing required by Ontario Building Code. 3.9 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS .1 Install preformed control and expansion joint fillers in locations shown on drawings. 2 For control joints in interior exposed blockwork, construct walls with straight joints at prescribed intervals to Consultant's approval. ' 3.10 FLASHINGS, DAMPPROOF COURSES AND WEEPHOLES 1 Install through wall and other flashings as shown on drawings, lapping joints minimum 100 mm. ' 2 Install dampproof course at top of foundation walls. .3 Install weepholes at 600 mm centres immediately above all through wall flashings or dampproof courses. 3.11 DEFLECTION JOINTS 1 Extend interior non-load bearing unit masonry walls and partitions to the structure ' above leaving 20 mm deflection joint. .2 Pack joints solid with joint filler strip compressed 25%. Joint filler strips shall be 13 mm less in width than the wall or partition, centered in the wall ' 3.12 PARGING 1 Parge face of all masonry walls against which backfill is to be placed. Parging mix: 1 part cement to 2.5 parts sand. .2 Apply to thickness of 13 mm and cover with bituminous dampproofing. ' 3.13 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING .1 Surplus mortar shall be removed immediately from floors, walls and other locations. .2 t completion of pointing, remove all rubbish and surplus material and clean all masonry with water and stiff fibre brush. .3 Ifurther cleaning of masonry surfaces is required, follow recommendations of masonry ' manufacturer and treat sample area of masonry for Consultant's approval before proceeding with cleaning of all surfaces. END OF SECTION DIVISION 5 , METALS ' SECTION 05100 - STRUCTURAL STEEL Page 1 ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Rough Carpentry Section 06100 ' 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 Do structural steel work in accordance with CSA CAN3-S16.1 M89 except where otherwise specified. ' 2 Do welding in accordance with CSA W59-1982 except where otherwise specified. 1.4 DESIGN AND DETAIL OF CONNECTIONS ' 1 Design details and connections in accordance with CSA CAN3-S16.1 M89 to resist forces, moments and shears indicated. ' 1.5 SUBMITTALS .1 Submit detailed shop drawings. .2 Each drawing submitted shall bear the signature and stamp of a qualified professional ' engineer registered in Ontario indicating that all details and connections have been properly designed. .3 Clearly indicate shop and erection details including cuts, copes, connections, holes, ' threaded fasteners, rivets and welds. Indicate welds by AWS symbols. .4 Upon Consultant's request, submit two certified copies of mill reports covering chemical and physical properties of steel used in this work. ' 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING 1 Handle and store structural steel components so as to avoid any permanent distorion, ' corrosion or any other damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS .1 Structural steel: to CAN3-G40.21-M81 Grade 300W. ' .2 Hollow structural steel sections: to CAN3-G40.21-M81 Grade 350W. .3 Bolts, nuts and washers: to ASTM A325M-79. ' .4 Welding materials: to CSA W59-1982. .5 Shop paint primer: to CGSB 1-GP-40M. ' 2.2 FABRICATION DIVISION 5 - METALS ' SECTION 05100 - STRUCTURAL STEEL Page 2 ' -1 Fabricate structural steel as indicated in accordance with CAN3-516.1 M89, and in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. .2 Provide connections for masonry anchors for all mebers in contact with masonry work. Provide punched holes from 10 mm to 25 mm in diameter for attachment of other work. Refer to drawings for details and locations. ' 3 Reinforce openings to maintain required design strength. 2.3 SHOP PAINTING ' 1 Clean, prepare surfaces and shop prime structural steel in accordance with CAN3- S 16.1.M89. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION ' 1 Erect structural steel as indicated in accordance with CAN3-516.1 M89 and in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. .2 Seal members with continuous welds where indicated. ' 3 Obtain written permission of Consultant prioir to field cutting or altering of structural steel members. t 3.2 CLEANING AND FIELD TOUCH-UP 1 Site clean and refinish injured surfaces, welds, Molt heads and nuts with primer to match original finish. ' END OF SECTION 1 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS ' ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK .4 Thermal insulation Section 07200 .5 Wood siding Section 07460 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Lumber shall bear the grading stamp of an agency certified by The Canadian Lumber ' Standards Administration Board. .2 All lumber shall be dressed and kiln dried, and moisture content at any time during shipment and storage shall not exceed 19%. ' 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING 1 Store materials on site to prevent deterioration, loss or impairment of their structural ' and other essential properties. Prevent excessive moisture gain of materials. j PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A Lumber: to CSA CAN3-086-M80, Strength Group A (Douglas Fir) and Group D ' (Spruce, Pine, Fir) unless noted, CSA-141-1970 and to National Lumber Grading Authority Standard Grading Rules 1980 as follows: A Joists, rafters, and bearing wall studs: S-P-F 124b, No.2 Grade, unless noted ' otherwise. .2 Built-up beams, lintels and posts: S-P-F NoA Grade, unless noted otherwise .3 Non-structural framing (bridging, non-bearing studs): S-P-F NLGA 124c, No. 2 Grade. ' NLGA 121c"Stud" Grade may be used for non-bearing studs. .4 Blocking, furring, nailers, strapping: NLGA 122c. "Standard". ' .5 Lumber used on or in ground shall be preservative pressure treated. 2.2 PLYWOOD 1 Wall sheathing: Spruce CSA 0151-M1978 Unsanded Grade Sheathing, 12.5 mm ' thick unless otherwise indicated. .2 Roof sheathing: Spruce CSA 0151-M1978 Unsanded Grade Select Tight Face, 12.5 mm thick unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 FASTENERS AND CONNECTING HARDWARE 1 DIVISION 6 -WOOD AND PLASTICS ' ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 2 .1 Nails and spikes to CSA Standard B111-1974, galvanized steel, common spiral, flat head. .2 Bolts, nuts, washers: ASTM A307, hot dip galvanized structural quality steel. .3 Screws: to CSA B35.4-1972 .4 Brackets, shoes, connectors: to CSA G40.21-1976 30OW hot dip galvanized. ' 2.4 BUILDING PAPER 1 Exterior wall sheathing paper: to CAN2-51.32-M77 laminated or spunbonded olefin ' type, coated or impregnated. 2.5 WOOD PRESERVATIVE ' 1 Pressure prservative treatment to meet requirements of CSA 080.15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION 1 Erect work plumb, level, square and to required lines. Ensure that materials are rigidly ' and securely attached to each other and to adjacent building elements and will not be loosened by work of other trades. .2 Where other materials and components are to be applied directly over wood ' members, recess heads of fastening devices below good surfaces. .3 Where work remains exposed to view, fasteners shall be uniformly and evenly spaced and neatly installed. ' .4 Comply with requirements of National Building Code, Part 9, except where specifically shown otherwise on Drawings. ' 3.2 ERECTION OF FRAMING MEMBERS .1 Install members true to line, levels and elevations. .2 Construct continuous members from pieces of longest practical length. ' .3 Install spanning members with "crown-edge" up. 3.3 SHEATHING 1 install sheathing with end joints staggered, with grain of face plies running perpendicular to wood framing members and with ends bearing on framing members. ' .2 Leave minimum 1.5 mm space between sheathing panels. .3 Fasten sheathing at soffits and along panel edges to wood framing at maximum 150 mm centres and at 300 mm.centres at intermediate supports. ' .4 install T&G roof sheathing in accordance with Part 9 of OBC. 3.4 NAILERS, BLOCKING, STRAPPING, GROUNDS ' 1 Provide wood nailers, blocking, milers and grounds to sizes and at locations required for satisfactory support of fabricated items and other work. .2 Install wood members plumb, level, straight, true to line and solidly anchored to adjacent building elements DIVISION 6 -WOOD AND PLASTICS ' ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 Page 3 ' .3 Space wood strapping members at 400 mm centres unless otherwise shown on the drawings. .4 Unless otherwise indicated, attach wood members at maximum 600 mm centres as follows: 1 To heavy guage metal with bolts 2 To light guage metal with screws or bolts .3 To wood with nails, screws or bolts as required to ensure stability. .4 To concrete with expansion shields and lag bolts. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 ' DIVSiON 7 i THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION THERMAL INSULATION SECTION 07200 Page 1 1 ' PART T - GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' 1 Unit Masonry Section 04200 PART2 - PRODUCT ' 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Fibrous insulation: ' .1 Mineral fibre, batt or roll type thermal insulation to CSA A101-M1977, Type 1A, friction fit for wood framing. .2 Meet the following thermal resistance values:Thickness (mm) 70 89 152 ' 216 286 305 R-valu (SI) 1.4 2.1 3.5 4.9 5.4 6.2 2 Board insulation: extruded, expanded polystyrene to CGSB 41-GP-14a, Type 4: Styrofoam SM by Dow Chemical Ltd., 50 mm. thick unless otherwise shown on ' Drawings. .3 Fasteners for sheathing: nails with 25 mm diameter heads or 25 mm diameter washers. Hot dip galvanised to CSA 8111-1974, length of nails to allow minimum 20 ' mm penetration into nailing base. 4 Adhesive for board insulation: as recommended by manufacturer. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.1 FIBROUS INSULATION A Install insulation when building substrate materials are dry. .2 Provide uniform insulation coverage over insulated areas at walls, roofs, floors and othre locations shown on the Drawings 3 Fill insulation snugly between framing members. Accurately fit around penetrating elements. Leave no gaps or voids. ' 4 Do not pack insulation tighter than manufactured density of amterial. Provide multiple layers of insulation where required. Stagger joints. .5 Do not enclose insulation until it has been inspected and approved by Consultant. 3.2 RIGID INSULATION INSTALLATION ' 1 Apply adhesive to insulation board by notched trowel or spot method with daubs 40 mm diameter X 25 mm high at 200 mm o.c. each way. 1 ' DIVSION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION THERMAL INSULATION SECTION 07200 Page 2 ' .2 Leave insulation board joints unbonded over line of expansion and control joints. Bond a continuous 150 mm wide 0.15 mm polyethylene strip over joint using ' compatible adhesive before application of insulation. .3 Rigid insulation to be installed at locations shown on drawings. Assure tightness around masonry ties. Have the method of installation, of masonry ties penetrating the ' insulation, reviewed by the engineer prior to installation. 3.3 PROTECTION ' 1 Do not expose rigid insulation to sunlight after installation. Protect it with polyethylene or tarpaulin cover as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION I 1 1 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ' WOOD SIDING SECTION 07460 Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Rough Carpentry Section 06100 .2 Thermal insulation Section 07200 ' 1.2 SAMPLES A Upon Consultant's request, submit two sample boards, minimum 1.0 m. long, finished ' with selected stain. PART 2- PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A Strapping: Spruce, Pine, Fir, NLGA 120c., "Standard", kiln dried, dressed. ' 2 Siding: "Cape Cod Finished Wood Siding" , Lodgepole Pine, kiln dried,#1 and Select Grade. Manufactured by Marwood Ltd.., Bedford, Nova Scotia(905)697 3268. ' 2.2 COATING 1 PPG Environ Two Coat Acrylic Latex system. Color to be selected by consultant. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION 1 Install wood strapping at maximum 450 mm o.c. Provide strapping near termination ' points of siding and around all openings. Nail strapping through insulation into wood stud framing. .2 Install siding with edges square, plumb and level, tight to openings. Use full length ' boards, accumulation of shorter lengths is not permitted. .3 Seal end cuts with Cape Cod Touch up paint. .4 Caulk all but joints with matching coloured or clear caulking. ' .5 Use only Cape Cod Coulour matching nails. END OF SECTION 1 i DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ! SHEET COPER ROOFING SECTION 07612 Page 1 ! PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. ! 1.2 RELATED WORK .4 Rough Carpentry Section 06100 .5 Wood siding Section 07460 ! 1.3 SUBMITALS 1 Samples consisting of 150mm x 300mm square specimens of specified copper roofing ! material. .2 Shop drawings showing manner of forming, joining and securing copper roofing. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 A firm with 3 years of successful experience with installation of copper roofing. .2 Comply with recommendations and details of"Copper in Architecture Handbook" by ' "Copper Development Association (CDA). .3 Provide roof assemblies resisting wind uplift. ! PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' 1 Copper roofing sheets: Cold-rolled roofing sheet complying with ASTM B370 temper designation, HOO, unless otherwise indicated. Weight : 16 oz. per sq. ft. unless otherwise indicated. ' 2 Accessories: Except as indicated, provide components required for a complete roof system, including trim, copings, fascias, ridge closures, clips, see covers, flashings, gutters, louvers, sealents, gaskets and closure strips. Match materials and finishes of ! roof. 3 Roofing Felt: Asphalt or coal tar saturated felt weighing not less than 30 ibs per 100 ' square feet. .4 Nails: Copper or hardware bronze; 0.109° minimum, not less than 7/8" long barbed with large head. ' .5 Screws and Bolts: Copper, bronze or brass. .6 Cleats: 16 oz cold rolled copper 2" wide 3" long. .9 Solder. ASTM Specification B-32, 50/50 led/tin. ! ! DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 1 SHEET COPER ROOFING SECTION 07612 Page 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION .1 Coordinate with other trades to provide a permanently leakproof, secure and noncorosive installation. 1 3.2 INSTALLATION .1 Install members true to line, levels and elevations. .2 Construct continuous members from pieces of longest practical length. .3 Install spanning members with "crown-edge" up. 3.3 SHEATHING 1 .1 Comply with recommendations and instructions of manufacturer of copper being fabricated and installed. ' 2 Separarate dissimilar metals by painting each metal surface in area of contact with bituminous coating by applying rubberized asphalt underlayment to each metal surface. 1 .3 Install underlayment and paper slip on substrate under copper roofing. .4 Form and fabricate sheet, sseams, strips, cleats, valleys, ridges and other components. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction. 5 Conceal fasteners and expansion provision where possible and minimize possibility of leakage. 1 3.4 CLEANING .1 Remove protective film from exposed surfaces. .2 Clean exposed surfaces of substances that would interfere with uniform oxidation and 1 weathering. END OF SECTION 1 _ 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS ' .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' 1 Rough Carpentry Section 06100 .2 Unit Masonry Section 04100 .3 Finish hardware Section 08700 ' 4 Painting Section 09900 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' 1 Acceptable manufacturers: members of The Canadian Steel Door& Frame Manufacturer's Association or approved by Consultant prior to dose of tendering. Exterior frames must be Fleming, Macotta or Steldor, no substitutions allowed. ' 2 Reference standards: unless otherwise specified, meet requirements of"Canadian Manufacturing Specification for Steel Doors and Frames" Published by The Canadian Steel Door& Frame Manufacturer's Association. t3 Fire protection requirements: fire-rated doors and frames shall bear ULC Label. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS 1 Prepare and submit detailed shop drawings. Include door and frame schedules, materials and finishes, hardware preparations and frame anchorage details. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING ' 1 Tag oors and frames at shop with identification marks 9 op a s to indicate proper location for installation. ' . .2 Deliver, store and handle components so as to prevent damage. .3 Finishing materials: .1Touch-up paint: zinc rich paint CGSB 1-GP-181 M. _2 Metal filler: two component epoxy type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Sheet steel: hot dip galvanized (wipe coat) cold rolled steel with stretcher level degree ' of flatness, meeting requirements of ASTM A526. .2 Core materials: .1 Fire rated doors: in accordance with fire rating requirements. ' 2 Exterior doors: rigid polyurethane. .3 All other doors: honey comb rigid, pre-expanded resin impregnated Kraft paper with 25 mm hexagonal cells. ' DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 2 2.2 HARDWARE PREPARATION 1 Templated hardware: prepare work in accordance with templates supplied by hardware supplier. ANSI Standards will not necessarily be used. Drill and tap doors for templated hardware. ' 2 Reinforce doors and frames for concealed, mortised and surface mounted hardware. 2.3 DOORS 1 Construct fire rated doors in accordance with fire test requirements. .2 Exterior doors: Polyurethane core steel doors. Except for perimeter of door and at glazed openings, there shall be no metal to metal contact between door faces. Fill all ' spaces with insulation. Provide minimum 1.5 mm thick steel face both sides of doors. .3 Provide flush end closures at top edge of exterior doors and where required for attachment of hardware and weatherstripping. ' 4 Surround openings in flush doors with minimum 1.2 mm thick steel edge channels, welded to both door faces. Door frames and screens shall be of welded construction. 2.3 FRAMES ' 1 Prvide frames of sheet steel, formed to profrles shown. .2 Fire rated door frames: to comply with requirements of fire test. .3 Exterior door frames: to be thermally broken steel frames, "Therma Frame" by S. W. ' Fleming & Co., "MacoTherm" by Macotta or thermally broken frame by Steldoor. No substitutions permitted. .4 Assemble components with accurately cut joints. Mitre outside comer joints of frames. ' Provide suitable concealed anchors to ensure components are joined with tight and flush hairli .5 Weld joints of welded frames at inside of profile. Fill and grind smooth at exposed side ' of joints. .6 Drill interior door frames for rubber bumpers. Drill strike jamb of each single door for 3 bumpers. Drill head member of double door frames for two bumpers. ' .7 Tack weld two removable minimum 1.2 mm thick steel spreader channels to inside faces of welded doorframes at base. .8 Provide adjustable base clips for anchorage to floor at bottom of each door jamb. ' 2.5 FINISHES .1 Fill seams, comer joints and other depressions with filler and sand smooth. .2 Touch-up damaged zinc coating with zinc rich paint. hall not be visible when frames are installed. ' .3 Design and install wall and floor anchors for thermally broken frames so as not to create direct contact between inside and outside frame sections. Fill spaces between thermally broken frames and wall with fibrous insulation. ' 4 Brace welded frames solidly in positon while being built in. .5 Remove spreader channels only after frames are securely anchored in place. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 3 3.1 FRAME INSTALLATION .1 Allowable limit of distortion shall be 1.5 mm out of plumb at each jamb, measured on face of frame, resulting in maximum twist of 3 mm measured from upper comer to lower diagonal comer. 2 Generally, anchorage of frames shall be by means of standard anchors. Where standard anchors cannot be used, provide suitable anchors to ensure proper I installation. Method of anchorage see supplier's instructions. 3 Adjust operable parts to ensure proper operation. ' 3.2 DOORS .1 Install steel doors. .2 Install hardware in accordance with hardware schedule. ' 3.3 TOUCH-UP .1 Patch damaged prime paint finish just prior to application of site applied finish coats. .2 Remove rust, sand damaged abraded surfaces and apply touch-up primer. END OF SECTION ' DIVISION 8-DOORS AND SECTION 08700 -FINISH HARDWARE Page 1 ' PART 4 -GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Steel doors and frames Section 08100 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: meet requirements of The National Building Code. .2 Hardware locations and mounting heights: confirm with Consultant. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A Samples: upon request submit samples of hardware items and finishes. .2 Hardware and keying schedules: A Prepare and submit detailed hardware schedule. ' .2 Verify door swings and examine details to ensure that hardware specified in Schedule can be properly installed and function properly ' 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A Deliver each hardware item and each latch and lockset packaged separately in individual containers,with necessary screws, keys, instructions and installation ' templates for spotting mortise tools. 1.6 CASH ALLOWANCE ' A Include cash allowance of$1,200. for supply of finish hardware as noted in the tender amount. Installation shall be included in the basic tender prices, unless noted otherwise. i 1 PART 2- PRODUCT 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A Provide finish hardware as specified herein. The following products are specified: A Hinges and floor stops: Hager. .2 Locksets: Corbin. .3 Panic devices: Corbin. .4 Door closers: LCN. .5 Door holders: Rixon. .6 Door pulls, push and plates: Ferrum. .7 Wall stops: Ferrum. .8 Thresholds and weatherstrip:Crowder. ' .21-ocksets for labelled doors shall bear ULC Label. .3 Door closers shall bear ULC Label and shall be equipped with built in back check. ' Door closers shall have five year written manufacturer's warranty. 1 DIVISION 8 -DOORS AND 1 SECTION 08700-FINISH HARDWARE Page 2 1 .4 Provide all fasteners, screws, bolts, expansion shields as may be required for complete installation. ' PART.3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 1 1 Install finish hardware in accordance with hardware suppliers written instructions. .2 Door pulls shall be mounted with oval head through bolts and cup washers on doors without push plates. 1 .3 On doors with push plates, install pulls with flat head through bolts, countersunk so that push plate covers bolts. .4 Unless otherwise directed by the Consultant, install hardware at the following heights 1 from the finish floor: Locksets 1025 mm to centre of strike Deadlocks 1525 mm to centre 1 Mortise night latches 1525 mm to centre of strike Panic blots 1015 mm to centre of strike Push plates 1145 mm to centre of plate Guard bars 1065 mm to centre of bar Door pulls 1065 mm to centre of pull ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIVISION 9-FINISHES ' SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 1 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS I Comply with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK A Unit Masonry Section 04200 ' 2 Wood siding Section 07460 ' 1.3 PRODUCTS AND WORKMANLIKE STANDARDS .1 Products: unless otherwise specified, comply with requirements of applicable standards of CGSB i-GP Series, "Paints, Pigments and Related Commodities". .2 Workmanship: unless otherwise specified, comply with requirements of applicable standards of CGSB 85-GP Series, "Painting Standards". 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1 Prior to ordering paint and stain matrials, submit list of proposed porduct lines to be used, for review. .2 Upon Consultant's request, submit complete range of manufacturer's colour chips for ' selection of paint and stain colours. .3 Submit samples of natural and stained finish on each species and grade of wood to receive such finishes.(MC.47 Prepare full size samples showing door and wall finishes as directed by Consultant. .5 Maintenance materials: provide a sealed and properly identified quart of each type and colour of paint used. ' 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING 1 Deliver paint materials to site in sealed, original, labelled containers bearing manufacturer's name, brand name, type of paint and colour designation. .2 Store materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS 1 Apply coatings only when temperature is above 10°C. .2 Do not apply exterior coatings during periods of precipitation nor when precipitation is ' imminent. .3 Adequately ventilate areas where coatings are being applied. Maintain a reasonably dust-free atmoshpere for duration of work. ' .4 Protect adjacent surfaces not scheduled to receive coatings from damage. .5 Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting operations. These items shall be carefully stored andrepiaced on completion of work ' in each area. .6 Post"Wet Paint"signs and "No Smoking" signs while worts progresses and while coatings are curing. DIVISION 9-FINISHES ' SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 2 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 Materials shall be"top line quality" products and shall be supplied by a single manufacturer except for specialty products not available from paint manufacturer. Unless othewise specified, supply materials to be one of the following manufacturers: 1 Benjamin Moore& Co. Ltd. 1 .2 Canadian industries Ltd. .3 General Paints .4 Glidden Co. Ltd. ' .5 Monarch Paints .6 Pratt and Lambert inc. I The Sherwin-William Co. Ltd. 2 Paints shall be factory mixed unless otherwise specified except any coating in poaste or powdered form, or to be field-catalyzed shall be field mixed in accordance with manufacturer's directions. ' .3 Primers shall be as specified by manufacturer and fully compatiblE, :e with finish coat. .4 Exterior stain: solid colour and semi-transparent, penetraint stain by Olympic Stain, ' Glidden or Pratt & Lambert. .5 Paints to be used for surfaces exposed to high temperatures shall be formulated for such conditions. ' 2.2 FINISHES .1 Unless noted otherwise, colours will be selected by Consultant. Do not start work until after receiving colour schedule from Consultant. .2 Colour scheme: allow for the following: A r Up to 3 interior paint colours may be used. Up to 3 colours may be deep tones, ' used as accent colours for ducts, doors and selected areas to a maximum of 20%of painted surfaces. .2 Up to 3 exterior colours may be used. .3 Piping in mechanical and equipment rooms shall be painted in accordance with ' standard identification colours for piping. These colours will be in addition to the 3 interior colours specified above. .4 Confirm gloss levels for all surfaces with Consultant before starting work. Unless otherwise indicated, provide semi-gloss finish. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITION OF SUBSTRATES A Dirty, sound, non-dusting, and free of grease, oil, dirt, and other matter detrimental to ' adhesion and appearance of coatings, minimum 10°C. 3.2 PREPARATION OF SURFACES ' .1 All sustrates: dean as required to produce an acceptable surface .2 Wood generally: clean soiled surfaces. Sand smooth and dust off. Putty nail holes, splits, scratches, after prime coat has been applied and dried. Colour putty to match DIVISION 9- FINISHES ' SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 3 ' finish. Putty stained wood after stain application. Clean knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections of residue and seal with sealer before applying prime coat. .3 Wood for paint: clean knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections of residue and seal ' with sealer before applying prime coat. .4 Wood for transparent finish: clean knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections of residue and seal with white shellac. Seal after applying stain. ' .5 Bare ferrous metal: remove rust and scale, wash using solvent, chemically clean, apply coat of metal primer. .6 Previously primed metal: remove rust, oil, grease, and loose shop paint by washing or wire brushing. Make good shop coat. Feather out edges of touch-up. .7 Zinc coated metal: wash and etch to dull paint receptive surface using an approved crystalline zinc phosphate or vinyl pre-treatment. .8 Gypsum Board: fill minor cracks, hole and imperfections with patching plaster, allow to dry and sand smooth, sand taped joints and remove dust. 9 Alkaline surfaces: wash and neutralize using proper type of solution compatible with ' paint to be used. A 0 Concrete block and concrete: A Wire bruch concrete and concrete block surfaces. Treat surfaceswhich are highly ' glazed or where traces of form oil are present with solution of 1 part concentrated muriatic acid to 4 parts water and 1 part detergent. Thoroughly wash with water and allow to dry. ' .2 If efflorescence is evident on masonry,wash with solution of 1 kg zinc to 4.5 liters of water. Rinse with clear water and allow to dry thoroughly. .3 Block filler to fill surface voids and joints. 3.3 PRIMING OF WOOD COMPONENTS 1 Back prime wood scheduled for paint or enamel finish immediately upon arrivcal at site with interior or exterior primer as applicable ' .2 Back prime wood scheduled for stain, varnish or natural finish with gloss varnish reduced 25%with mineral spirits. ' 3.4 APPLICATION OF COATINGS 1 Apply paint by brush or roller, except on wood and metal surfaces where paint shall be applied by brush only. 2 Applied and cured coatings shall be uniform in thickness, sheen, colour and texture and free of defects detrimental to appearance and performance. .3 Regardleu uss of the number of coats specified for any surface, apply sufficient paint to cover completely and hide substrate and to produce a solid uniform appearance. .4 Thoroughly mix paints before application. Use same brand for primer, intermediate coats and finish coats. ' 5 Where two or more coats of the same paint are to be applied, undercoats shall be tinted in light shades of final coat to differentiate from final coat. .6 Prime and intermediate coats of paint shall be integral before application of ;finish ' coats. .7 Each coat of finish shall be dry and hard before succeeding coats are applied with a minimum of 24 hours between coats, unless manufacturer's instructions state otherwise. 1 DIVISION 9- FINISHES ' SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 4 .8 Stained woodwork shall be covered with a uniform coat of stain and wiped off, if required. Wood shall have uniform shade. Match stain so that dissimilar woods have uniform finished appearance. .9 Apply fire retardent varnish system in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 3.5 PATCHING 1 Prior to takeover by Owner, inspect work of this Section and touch-up or refinish damaged finishes and finishes unsatisfactory to Consultant. 3.6 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES .1 General Requirements: 1 Paint or otherwise finish surfaces of building materials, building services and building accessories not otherwise protected or covered, as shown on Room Finish and Door Schedules, Drawings and as specified herein .2 in additon to finishing required by Room Finish and Door Schedules, Drawings and these Specifications and unless otherwise speed, all work which is exposed to view and is not finished will be finished by this section. .3 Where exposed to view, paint bare metals, previously primed metals and zinc coated ' metals. .4 Finish all edges of doors, trim and projections whether above sight lines or not. .5 Paint tops, bottoms and edges of shelves with full specified coats,whether exposed to ' view or not. .6 Paint interior of ducts at grilles and diffuesers with two coats of flat black paint, so that duct interior is not visible when grilles and diffusers are installed. ' .7 Unless otherwise indicated, paint exposed piping and conduits in colours matching background wall or ceiling colours. .8 Paint walls behind wall mounted heating units with full coats of paint. .9 Paint inside surface of light coves white. .10 Paint drawers on all sides, inside and outside. .11 Paint exterior plywood soffit and wallsheathind,whether exposed to view or not. .12 Unless otherwise indicated, provide paint finish for doors and cabinets. .2 interior Finishing: 1 Metal, prime painted: Spot prime with alkyd metal primer 2 coats alkyd metal enamel. ' 2 Metal, zinc-coated:1 coat galvanized primer 2 coats alkyd metal enamel. .3 Woodwork, painted: 1 coat alkyd enamel undercoat 2 coats alkyd enamel .4 Woodwork, stained and varnished :(Transparent Finish) 1 coat stain1 coat sanding ' sealer, sand lightly 1 coat alkyd varnish, gloss, sand lightly 1 coat alkyd varnish, satin. .5 Wood rails and slats: 3 coats polyurethane varnish, satin. .6 Woodwork, fire retardent finish: 1 coat stain 2 coats fire retardent varnish, applied in ' accordance with manufacturer's directions.00C L.7LGypsum board:®L L 1 E,Lcoat drywall primer®❑L❑2 coats alkyd enamel, eggshell. .8 Exposed piping,wrapped: 1 coat block filler 1 coat alkyd enamel. ' 9 Exposed piping and conduit, unwrapped: 1 coat alkyd enamel primer 2 coats alkyd metal enamel. 10 Exposed ductwork, insulated: 1 coat block filler and primer 2 coats alkyd enamel. ' A 1 Concrete block and concrete: 2 coats alkyd flat. DIVISION 9-FINISHES ' SECTION 09900 PAINTING page 5 ' .3 Exterior Finishing: i Metal, prime painted: Spot prime with alkyd metal primer, semi-gloss 2 coats alkyd enamel, gloss. .2 Metal, zinc coated: 1 coat galvanized metal alkyd primer, 2 coats alkyd enamel, gloss. .3 Wood: 2 coats stain. END OF SECTION ' DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL WORK SECTION 15400 PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE 1. GENERAL 1 .1 The previously specified General Provisions and Basic Materials and Methods shall apply to and govern this Section of the Mechanical ' Specifications. 2. SCOPE OF WORK ' 2.1 Furnish all labour, materials, tools and equipment required to complete the installation and testing of plumbing, drainage and fire protections systems in accordance with the full intent of the drawings and/or specifications. ' The work generally consists of, but is not limited to the following: a) Complete sanitary drainage system including drains and vents. b) Complete domestic cold, hot piping systems with ' water connections to all fixtures requiring such connections, and to the mechanical equipment where shown. 1 . G) Supply and installation of plumbing fixtures. ' d9 Permits to make installations. ' 3. WORK NOT INCLUDED ' 3.1 All flashing through roof by others but collars supplied by the Plumbing Sub-contractor. ' SECTION 15400 PAGE ' 5. AREA, FLOOR AND ROOF DRAINS ' 5.1 All drains shall be 100mm (4") unless otherwise noted and shall be equal to ENPOCO as specified hereinafter. ZURN and ENCON drains shall be considered equal. 1 5.2 Catchbasins and manholes with covers shall be in accordance with local requirements and standards. Poured concrete work shall be provided by this Sub-contractor unless otherwise agreed. This Sub-contractor to supply steel or cast iron frames and cover plates, manhole steps, drainage fittings etc. 5.3 FLOOR DRAINS - FINISHED S ED AREAS ENPOCO series FD1OCDR5N6 Floor Drain, all epoxy coated cast iron body with clamp device and adjustable 5" diameter (127mm) nickel bronze 1/4" (6.35mm) thick strainer, secured with S.S. screws and 4" (100mm)throat ' on strainer. In quarry or mosaic tiled areas, provide square 'SQ' - 5" X 5" (127mm X 127mm) polished bronze square strainer. ' 5.4 FLOOR DRAIN - MECHANICAL ROOMS & UNFINISHED AREAS ' ENPOCO Series FD30 Floor Drain, all epoxy coated cast iron body, seepage flange, adjustable collar, and 6-1/2" (165 mm) diameter grate. 6. TRAPS AND CLEANOUTS ' 6.1 Provide cleanouts as required by the Plumbing Code. 6.2 Stack cleanouts in base of cast iron stacks shall be with cast iron body and approved gasket screwed cover. 6.3 Each plumbing fixture shall be fitted with a trap and this trap will be ' vented so that no trap will be blown by the operation of any other fixture. ' 6.4 All traps will be made of brass, lead or cast iron to suit the conditions in the building or as specified. 6.5 All priming for traps required by the local authorities shall be run from ' closest cold water supply through a trap seal primer. SECTION 15400 PAGE 2 1 ' 7. PIPES AND FITTINGS 7.1 Supply and install all pipe work to complete systems previously specified ' in Article 2 (Scope of Work). 7.2 Sizes and materials of plumbing pipes and drains shall be in accordance with Plumbing Code and with authorities having jurisdiction. 7.3 Unburied sanitary drains and vent stack 63mm (2 1/2") and smaller shall ' be DWV Copper piping with wrought copper solder joint, sizes 76mm (3") and larger shall be manufacturer coated cast iron piping with mechanical steel clamps and neoprene joints or bell and spigot caulked with oakum ' and soft pig lead of the best quality. Plastic pipes on drains and vents shall be acceptable if approved by local authorities and mortgage company. ' 7.4 Storm drains above ground, larger than 100mm (4") diameter, shall be transite or of same material as unburied sanitary drains of same size. 7.5 For buried storm and sanitary piping use ABS or PVC septor piping where pipes are laid on stable soil. The strength shall comply with local standards, manufacturer's recommendation and shall be suitable for pipe ' size, trench size, depth of installation and backfill. External buried storm piping can be steam cured and dried concrete. In unstable soil, where noted on drawings, and where required by authorized local inspector use for buried sanitary drainage piping shall be manufacturer coated cast iron piping bell and spigot. Storm drainage piping in same condition shall be transite soil pipe with cast iron fittings. 7.6 Buried watermains throughout and fire lines under concrete shall be ductile ' iron pipe ASA Class 2 cement lined where required by local authorities with TYTON joints or Type "K" copper pipe with couplings. All watermains must correspond to the current local P.U.C. standards and ' specifications. 7.8 Domestic hot, cold and hot water recirculating piping shall be copper "L" complete with solder fittings. 7.9 Connection from galvanized piping to copper piping shall be done using approved type connections to prevent electrolysis. ' 7.10 Cast iron soil pipes shall'be complete with M.J. fittings or caulked with oakum and soft pig lead. All lead used for making joints for cast iron shall be new pure soft pig lead of the best quality. If M.J. fittings used, provide caulking of PC4-compound at offsets only. ' 7.11 Threaded joints shall be carefully reamed and joined with compound on the male thread only. 7.12 All piping hall b s run that the entire system can be drained at low ' pp g s e o t t a ys points by means of drain cocks. ' SECTION 15400 PAGE 3 r 7.13 Proper allowance shall be made on all piping or expansion, elimination of air binding and water hammer. Provide an air chamber at top of each riser. Air chamber shall be at least 610mm (24") long and shall be of ' same diameter as the maximum supply pipe to each riser. 7.14 Vents shall be copper, galvanized or cast iron in accordance with Local Regulations and as shown on the plans. Vents passing through roof shall be not less than 76mm (3") diameter. Flashing for vents by the 7.15 Connect fixtures (unless otherwise noted on soil stack details on plans) on ' last two floors before a g0" break in soil stack separately and run minimum 3m horizontally before connecting to main sewer to avoid ' sudsing through fixtures. 8. VALVES ' 8.1 All valves shall be manufactured to the following specifications: Materials . - applicable ASTM specifications ' Dimensions - applicable ANSI specifications Marking & - applicable MSS specifications t Identification All valves must conform to the above specification and conditions. ' Non-conforming valves shall only be installed after submission and approval by the Consulting Engineer. 8.2 Wherever possible, all valves shall be of one manufacturer. For example, all wafer checks, all butterfly valves, or all bronze and iron valves shall be ' from one manufacturer. 8.3 All valves must be new material only and protected on the job site from conditions or environment which may affect performance. 8.4 Ball valves may be used in lieu of gate valves for suitable services. Ball ' valves used in lieu of globe valves must have seats suitable for throttling service as approved by the Consulting Engineer. I ' r SECTION 15400 PAGE 4 I 1 ' 8.7 Valves up to 50mm (2"). Crane Jenkins Tovo Red White Gate RS IP 428 810 293 ' Gate NRS IP 438 310 280A Gate RS CxC 1322 813 299 ' Gate NRS CxC 1320 313 281 A ' Globe IP 5 220 Globe IP 7 1068 221 Globe CxC 1310 106BP 212 ' Swing Check IP 37 4092 236 Swing Check CxC ' 1342 4093 237 Ball Valve IP 915 33 5044 Ball Valve CxC 34 5049 !I ' Y Strainer 988 OR APPROVED EQUAL Valves 50mm 2" an ver. Crane Jenkins Tovo Red White ' Gate OS & Y 465 454 421 A Gate NRS 461 452 415A ' Globe 351 2342 400A ' Butterfly 55X4EL 2232EL Kurimoto PL-40 55X4EG 2232EG Kurimoto GH-40 ' Wafer Check M & G 1515 WMSB ' SECTION 15400 PAGE 5 ' Y Strainer 381 A OR APPROVED EQUAL 9. HOSE BIBBS ' v 9.1 Exterior wall hose bibbs, exterior ground hydrants and interior shall be approved equal to ENPOCO, ZURN or ENCON. ' 9.2 NON-FREEZE WALL HYDRANT - EXTERIOR ENPOCO Series HY1VB Hydrant, 3/4" (19mm) size non-freeze wall type with bronze face, adjustable wall flange operating key and self-draining vacuum breaker. Length to suit wall thickness. ' 9.3 NON-FREEZE GROUND HYDRANT - EXTERIOR - ENPOCO Series HY7VB Hydrant, 3/4" (19mm) size non-freeze ground with bronze face and box, operating key and self-draining vacuum breaker. Length to suit frost depth. 9.4 HOSE BIBB INTERIOR WALTEC #32W201 Hose Bibb, 1/2" (12.7mm) size, wall type rough bronze with hose end vacuum breaker. 1 _ 10. PIPE COVERING 10.1 All insulation materials shall be non-combustible vapour-proof or with dual ' temperature jacket, FIBERGLAS noted otherwise.CANADA LTD, JOHNS-MANVILLE, 10.2 All covering shall be applied on clean and dry piping and equipment only in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall present a clean appearance upon completion of the job. Cracks or any deficiencies nd r shed ring in the ' insulation or vapour barrier shall be made good 10.3 All unburied domestic cold water main horizontal piping and main vertical riser shall be covered with 13mm low pressure preformed fibreglas pipe ' insulation with fire retardant vapour barrier jacket. All domestic cold water suite risers to be wrapped with 13mm fibreglas foil-back wrapping. ' SECTION 15400 PAGE 6 1 10.4 All domestic hot water piping and hot water recirculation piping shall be covered with fibreglas pipe insulation preformed with fire retardant vapour barrier jacket sized as follows: ' - 13mm insulation for individual runouts up to 50mm nominal pipe diameter not exceeding 3650mm in length. This does not ' apply to runouts in concealed pipe spaces in suites. those runouts to be covered with 13mm fibreglass foil-back wrapping. ' - 25mm for piping up to 50mm nominal i e diameter. P P - 40mm for piping from 65mm to 200mm nominal pipe diameter. 10.5 Cover all exposed domestic water, fire lanes and drain piping and all other ' piping with stationary water located in unheated areas with 25mm fiberglass pre-formed dual temperature insulation. The insulation to be sized to accommodate electrical tracing. All joints to be taped. 10.6 Cover all horizontal drains and fittings of cast iron or copper above offices, recreation areas, lobbies and finished corridors with 13mm loose, fitting ' fibreglas foil-back insulation wrapping. 10.7 Cover cold water meter and all fittings and elbows, except unions and ' flanges, to match adjoining insulation in thickness with wool felt or fiberglass and finish with aluminum foil. Ensure that this finish on cold water fittings and equipment is sweat-tight and secured with twine. ' 10.8 If supply and installation of domestic hot water storage tank(s) is in this contract the tank shall be insulated with 38mm RIGIDFLEX fiberglass to be covered with 1 7k fireproof adhesive. Recoat ends with powerhouse cement. 10.9 Cover all domestic hot and cold water piping in boiler and mechanical rooms with 13mm low pressure pre-formed fiberglass pipe insulation and .17kg canvas jacket. 10.10 Carry insulation through all partitions to maintain absolute separation between piping and partitions. 10.11 76mm rock wool batts supplied by others are to be installed under bathtubs. r SECTION 15400 PAGE 7 ' 11. PLUMBING FIXTURES 11 .1 Supply and install plumbing fixtures as shown on mechanical and/or architectural plans. The fixtures shall be equal to AMERICAN STANDARD models as specified herein. CRANE and KOHLER fixtures and CRANE, EMCO, DELTA, MOEN, SIMMONS or POWERS trim shall be acceptable as equal. All fixtures and trims shall be C.S.A. approved. Water capacities shall conform to Part 7 of O.B.C. 1993 edition. ' 11 .2 TOILET - FLOOR MTD. TANK (BARRIER FREE DESIGN) ' American Standard 'CADET' ELONGATED 16" (406mm) HIGH #AF- 212106L Toilet, vitreous china elongated syphon jet action bowl with large cast rib for china to china tank assembly and splash block, concealed ' trapway and tank complete, 2.9 gal (13L) flush, with flange bolts, bolt caps, floor flange and gasket. C.P. Supply rigid horizontal with angle stop, escutcheon and flexible riser. CENTOCO #800ST seat, elongated heavy ' duty solid plastic closed front with cover, chromated steel posts, washer and nuts, for private use and #820ST open front with cover for public use 11.3 BASIN - COUNTER MOUNTED (BARRIER FREE DESIGN) ' American Standard 'CADET UNIVERSAL ACCESS' # CC AF-9494 Basin, "4 (102mm) centres, 21 " C 17-1/2" (533mm x 445mm) vitreous china, no overflow, self-rimming with sealant. Trim fittings Delta #2529 Faucet, washerless C.P. 4" (102mm) C.C. with 1.5 GPM (6.6L) flow aerator two handle control with 4" (102mm) blade handles. Teck #33T295-1 Offset Drain with plug and chain. C.T. 'p' trap 20 gauge 1-1/4" (32mm) and escutcheon. Offset supplies short horizontal with angle stops, escutcheons and flexible. Insulate all exposed drain and water piping with 1/2" ARMIFLEX insulation. ' END OF SECTION SECTION 15400 PAGE 8 ' DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL FEATURE CLOCK SECTION 16730 Page 1 1 PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS .1 Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.2 RELATED WORK .1 Basic Materials and Methods Section 16050 ' 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK .1 Supply and install one tower clock complete with Remote Control Sytem. .2 Size: 1 m diameter. ' 1.4 SUBMITALS .1 Submit shop drawings for architects review. Show iiustration of all components and ' necessary technical specifications. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL .1 All products to be CSA approved. ' 2 Manufacturers: International Time Recorder Company (519) 668-3700 or (416) 252-1186 Classic Metal (519) 637-2228 Electric Time Company (508) 539-4396 [U.S.] or ' 2.2 CLOCK (519) 632-7427 .1 Complete sytem will include one exterior backlit clock installed in Clock Tower and one remote control system located in the Utility Room of the Public Washroom Building. Refer to site plan for the location. .2 Hands and Marking will be of the type ilustrated on the architectural drawings. 3 Movement:All bearings to be self lubricating or dry movement enclosed in dust proof ' enclosures, so lubricating will not be required. All parts to be made of non-corosive metals such as brass and stainless steel. 1 .4 Illumination: The clock to be illuminated with high output florescent lamp located at the back. .5 Clock case to be all aluminum construction not less then 3mm thick with service ' acces at the back. Clock face to be SDP Lexan or clear acrylic. .6 Master clock: complete with display showing day, hours, minutes and seconds. Automatic power fail correction, minimum 1 year batery backup, automatic Daylight Saving Time correction, fully programable features including Bell control, ilumination ' control. DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL ' FEATURE CLOCK SECTION 18730 Page 2 PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION .1 Install in accordance with reviewed shop drawings and specifications. Meet all requirements of local authorities for electrical installation. ' END OF SECTION I i 1 1 1 ' TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Section 16A General Requirements 1 - g Section 16B Basic Materials and Methods 9 - 18 Section 16C Lighting S d g g stems y an Schedules 19 - 21 I i 1 I SECTION 16A ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 1 1.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS ' 1. Information for tenderers,general conditions,supplementary conditions and the tender form,form an integral part of this Division of the specification. 2. Conform to General Instructions, Section IA. 3. Unless specified otherwise,the following instructions shall apply to all sections of Division 16. ' 2.0 INTENT 1. Mention herein or indication on drawings of articles,materials,operations or methods requires: supply of each item mentioned or indicated, of quality, or subject to qualifications noted; installation according to conditions stated and; performance of each operation prescribed with furnishing of necessary labour, equipment and incidentals for Electrical Trades, Division 16. 2. Supplementary to definitions established are: a) "Supply" shall mean furnishing to site in location required or directed complete with accessory parts. b) "Install" shall mean set in place and secured or affixed to building structure as noted or ' directed. c) "Provide" shall mean supply and install as each is described above. 3. Where used,wordings such as"approved,to approval,as directed,permitted,permission,accepted, acceptance", shall mean: approved,directed,permitted,accepted,by authorized representative of the owner. 3.0 STANDARDS AND REFERENCES 1. Equipment provided under this Division shall conform to applicable standards and regulations of ' the following organizations: Canadian Standards Association(CSA) Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada(ULC) Canadian Electrical Code(CEC) Electrical Inspection Department of Ontario Hydro Electrical Safety Code(ESC) ' Canadian Underwriters Association(CUA) National Building Code(NBC) Ontario Building Code(OBC) SECTION 16A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 2 4.0 MATERIALS 1 1. Materials shall be new, of Canadian manufacture where available, first quality and uniform throughout. Submit tender based on the use of materials and equipment specified or on the listed acceptable alternate equipment as further detailed. ' 2. Electrical materials shall be C.S.A.approved and be so labelled. Materials not C.S.A. approved PP pp shall receive acceptance for installation by Ontario Hydro Special Inspections Branch before ' delivery, and modifications and changes required for such acceptance shall be included in work of this Section. Material shall not be installed or connected to the source of electrical power until approval is obtained. ' 3. Confirm capacity,ratings and characteristics of equipment items being provided to supply power to equipment provided under other Divisions of the work. Resolve discrepancies before such items ' are purchased. 5.0 MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 1. Acceptance of materials installed presumes that materials have not been damaged or exposed to conditions that would be considered to adversely affect performance and life expectancy. ' 2. If, in the opinion of the Consultant materials have sustained damage, or have been exposed to abnormal conditions, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to have such tests performed ' as deemed necessary by the Consultant to establish condition and therefore, acceptability of installed materials. 3. Tests shall be conducted by independent testing specialists acceptable to the Consultant who shall provide written report of tests directly to the Consultant. ' 6.0 EXAMINATION OF SITE&CONDITIONS 1. Examine the site,local conditions and the complete set of landscaped drawings affecting the work ' of this project. Examine carefully all Tender Documents and ensure the work can be satisfactorily carried out as shown. Before commencing work,examine the work of other sections and report at once any defect or interference affecting the work of this Section. No allowance will be made later for any expense incurred through failure to make this examination or to report any discrepancies in writing. The complete set of drawings and specifications are available at the Consultant's office. Any item affecting the price is to be in writing with the Tender submission. ' 7.0 WORKMANSHIP 1. Workmanship and method of installation shall conform to best standards and practice and shall be ' performed to approval. Work shall be performed by licensed tradesman skilled in work to be performed. SECTION 16A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 3 8.0 CO-OPERATION AND RESPONSIBILITY 1. Work of this division shall include full responsibility for laying out of work; and for any damage caused to other section of work by reason of improper location or installation; prompt installation of work in advance of concrete pouring or similar work; and responsibility for condition of all material and equipment supplied under this Section and responsibility for protection and maintenance of work completed and accepted until termination of contract. ' 2. Co-operate with the landscape contractor engaged on the work to ensure that items installed under this Section are located in proper relation to other materials. Co-operate fully with the preparation and maintenance of an accurate construction co-ordination schedule. ' 9.0 TEMPORARY AND TRIAL USAGE I ' 1. Temporary or trial usage of materials, shall not be construed as evidence of acceptance of same. 2. Permanent electrical services and equipment may not be used for construction purposes except as ' otherwise directed in writing by the Consultant. 10.0 PROTECTION ' 1. Protect work from damage that would impair its efficiency or mar its appearance. ' 2. Securely plug or cap open ends of raceways to prevent obstruction using approved manufactured devices. 3. Protect factory-finished equipment from damage. Damaged finishes shall be restored to original ' condition. 4. Return equipment to manufacturer for refinishing, if so directed. ' 11.0 BY-LAW AND REGULATIONS ' 1. Work shall conform with latest rules,regulations and definitions of Canadian Electrical Code and applicable Municipal and Provincial Codes and Regulations, and with requirements of other authorities having jurisdiction in the area where work is to be performed. Minor changes required ' by an authority having jurisdiction shall be carried out without change to the contract amount. Standards established by drawings and specifications shall not be reduced by applicable codes or regulations. ' 12.0 PERMITS AND FEES ' 1. File contract drawings with proper authorities and obtain their approval of installation and permits for same before proceeding with work. Prepare and submit necessary detailed shop drawings as required by Authorities. SECTION 16A ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 4 2. Pay all fees in connection with examination of drawings,permits, inspections and final certificate of approval. 1'3.0 CERTIFICATES 1. Furnish necessary certificates as evidence that work installed conforms with laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. ' 14.0 GUARANTEE-WARRANTY 1. Guarantee materials and workmanship for period of one year(except as otherwise noted)from date ' of final acceptance by the owner,and defects shall be corrected and made good,except in case of defects occurring from misuse by occupants. 15.0 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES I 1. Provide job site office, workshop, tools, scaffolds, material storage, and the like, which are required to complete work. 16.0 CONTRACT DRAWINGS ' 1. Drawings are intended to serve as a guide showing quantities, and general arrangements, and are not necessarily working drawings from which measurements can be taken,except where dimension figures are specifically shown. Information involving accurate measurements shall be taken from the Consultantural site drawings. 17.0 SHOP DRAWING MATERIAL AND LISTS 1. Prepare and submit(a minimum of six)shop drawings and lists of materials for review. Refer to P g ( the General Conditions of the contract). Make submittals of more than two pages in booklet form. 2. Prior to equipment fabrication, delivery or installation, submit complete lists of materials proposed, indicating manufacturer,catalogue numbers and complete performance data. 3. Review of shop drawings by the Consultant is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with general design concept. This review shall not mean that the owner approves detail design ' inherent in shop drawings,responsibility for which shall remain with contractor and such review shall not relieve contractor of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of contract documents. Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at site, for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for co-ordination of work with all trades. SECTION 16A ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 5 ' 18.0 RECORD DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION ' 1. Maintain record revisions and furnish record drawings for work of this Division. Obtain for this purpose at least two sets of white prints. 2. Show on record drawings, all deviations in the work; exact locations for all electrical services buried below pavement and lawns; concealed junction or pull boxes; access panels. Locate exterior buried work by dimension from lighting poles and other fixed objects. ' 3. Obtain approval for all provisions for future extension, and establish verification before these are concealed. ' 4. Provide"As Built"Record Drawings together with other documents required upon completion of the work. ' 19.0 INTERFERENCE DRAWINGS 1. Prepare and submit composite interference drawings to avoid and/or resolve conflict of trades and ' to co-ordinate work of Electrical Division with all other trades. 2. Interference drawings shall indicate exact arrangements,of all areas and equipment to scale with ' dimensions. 3. Co-operate with work of Mechanical Division and provide data requested and as required in the ' preparation of interference drawings for the work of Mechanical Division. 4. Make interference drawings in conjunction with all parties and trades concerned showing sleeves ' and openings and passage of electrical work through the site. Drawings shall also show inserts, special hangers and other features to indicate routing through confined spaces, installation of equipment in such areas. ' 5. Provide detail drawings of pulling pits, equipment bases, anchors, etc. pertaining to electrical work. 20.0 INSTRUCTIONS TO OPERATOR 1. Instruct owners' representative in care, maintenance and operation of Electrical Systems and ' associated equipment. 2. Supply full Operating and Maintenance Instructions in triplicate, each in stiff cover, three-ring ' binder suitably separated and labelled. Operate each item of equipment in presence of owners to ensure understanding of working parts and function of each item of equipment. Supply one complete set of"Reviewed" Shop Drawings in separate hard cover binder suitably separated and ' labelled for owner's use. SECTION 16A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 6 21.0 MAINTENANCE DATA ' 1. Compile information and prepare two Maintenance Data manuals which shall include: a) Manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance instructions, replacement parts and names and addresses of suppliers,for all movable apparatus and mechanically and electrically operated items, appliances and equipment. ' b) Detailed instructions and recommended materials for cleaning, lubricating and maintenance. c) Chart showing any necessary seasonal adjustments to electrical apparatus and recommended ' minimum and maximum time intervals for inspection of all items. d) Lists of lamps used throughout the project indicating: wattage,voltage,ordering abbreviation ' and/or catalogue number. e) List of fuses,overcurrent,overload,protective relays,etc. Indicating type; size;quantity;and ' name of machine,motor, feeder, or device protected. 22.0 CLEANING,LUBRICATION AND ADJUSTMENT ' 1. Immediately prior to completion of work: a) Remove all dust, dirt,and other foreign matter from internal surfaces of enclosed electrical ' apparatus and equipment. ' b) Remove all temporary protective coverings and coatings,temporary labels. c) Clean, repair, lubricate and adjust all mechanism and movable parts of apparatus and equipment leaving it in new condition and operating properly. d) Balance demand loads for service and distribution feeders within 5 ercent upon completion P P P of work and after the facility is in full operation. 23.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 1. Systems, equipment, and all major items of material shall be tested to the satisfaction of the ' Consultant, and as required to establish compliance with plans and specifications, and with the requirements for the Supply and Inspection Authorities. ' 2. Faulty and defective equipment shall be replaced with new materials. Conductors which are found to be shorted or grounded, or have less than proper insulation resistance, shall be replaced with ' new conductors. SECTION 16A ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 7 ' 3. Tests shall include, but are not limited to,the following: a) Test of secondary voltage cables shall include megger tests to establish proper insulation resistance,and phase-to-ground resistance of cables. b) Test of all adjustable overload and overcurrent protective devices of secondary switchgear to establish calibration and operation in accordance with specifications and approved co- ordination curves. C) Visual examination of switchgear to determine adherence to allowable manufacturing tolerance and compliance with manufacturer's recommended installation requirements. ' d) Proper functioning of all systems. e) Polarity tests-to establish proper polarity connections to all sockets and receptacles. f) Test of system neutral to establish proper insulation resistance and isolation of neutral from ' ground except for required ground connection a Service. 24.0 CERTIFICATION OF TESTS ' 1. When work is complete submit three copies of test results and a signed statement listing all tests that have been performed as required by specifications and manufacturer's instructions. ' 25.0 COMPLETION 1. Provide receipts from designated representative of owner for portable and loose materials (e.g. ' spare fuses,keys,etc.) 2. Provide copy of final inspection certificate from Electrical Inspection.Authority. 3. Perform tests and provide documentation as further described herein. ' 4. Provide Record Drawings to approval. 5. Provide manufacturers corrected "as built" shop drawings for all major electrical items and systems, including all shop drawings returned for modifications. 26.0 CUTTING AND PATCHING ' 1. Provide openings and sleeves in walls and floors,as required for work of this Section. SECTION 16A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 8 2. Pay for cutting and patching and making good as required for work of this Division by reason of faulty or late work. Employ appropriate trades already engaged on the site to perform such cutting, etc. Before commencing,obtain the owner's approval for extent and nature of cutting. Make good disturbed surfaces to the owner's approval. 1 27.0 SCHEDULE OF WORK 1. Electrical services and auxiliary services shall be maintained continuously without interruption. ' Interruptions to services shall be confined to periods of time to be designated the Consultant. Include in tender for temporary connections,overtime labour charges,and such related allowances in order to conform with these conditions. ' 28.0 HYDRO CHARGES 1. The Owner will pay the Clarington Hydro servicing and connection charges applicable to this project. This Contractor must provide all required co-ordination with Clarington Hydro to energize the main service. ' 29.0 TAXES I ' 1. Tender submitted to perform all or any part or parts of the work of this Division shall be quoted including all applicable Provincial Sales Taxes, and Goods and Services Tax to be shown separately. I SECTION 16B ' BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 9 ' 1.0 GENERAL 1. Conform to Section 16A- Electrical- General Requirements 2.0 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND FEEDER CABLES 1. Provide branch circuit wiring,conduits and feeders as required for Lighting,Power and auxiliary Systems. Separate conduit systems shall be provided for feeder, lighting and power systems. ' 3.0 HOLES AND DRILLING ' 1. Pneumatic hammers and percussion drills are prohibited. 2. Where not sleeved,make holes through concrete walls and floors by core-drill only. 3. Seal holes and sleeves through floors to serve as water dam. 4. Comply with requirements of CSA Standard No.A23.3 Paragraph 5-17. 4.0 WATERTIGHT SEAL AT EXTERIOR WALLS 1. Provide"Lind-Seal' sleeve devices distributed by Corrosion Services Limited,or approved equal, cast into exterior walls below grade for conduits and cables which pass into finished spaces. ' Convert non-metallic ducts to rigid steel conduits through such seals. 5.0 FIRE PROOFING AND SEALING 1. Make watertight seal at sleeves at other openings through floors above grade. Sleeves to extend minimum 25 mm(1 inch)above finished floors. 2. Provide Fireproofing protection of openings through floors and fire rated walls. 3. Caulk spaces between conduit, cables, bus ducts, raceways, cabletrays with "Cerafibre" 2300 F ' packing to Building Department approval. Pack and seal both sides of openings with Electrovert "Flameseal" putty, minimum thickness 25 mm (1 inch). Install in accordance with Electrovert Instruction Bulletin#3601. 4. Cap unused sleeves through floors and walls. I ' SECTION 16B BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 10 6.0 HANGERS AND INSERTS I. Provide necessary hangers and inserts for work of this Division. ' 2. Erect hangers free of kinks and plumb; where plumb hangers are not possible install slanted hangers in pairs in a manner to balance the load. Secure to building structure by suitable means in a manner to develop full strength of hanger. 3. Fasten to cast-in place concrete by suitable drilled or cast-in inserts. ' 4. Fasten to structural steel using bolts or welded fasteners. 5. Use trapeze hangers consisting of rods and unistrut where several conduits run together. 6. Do not use wood, chain, wire lashings, strap or grappler bar hangers except where noted or ' detailed. Percussion type fastenings(fastenings set by an explosive charge)may be used only with written permission of the owner. ' 7. Support outlet and junction boxes independently of the conduits running to them where required by electrical code and where deemed necessary by the owner's representative. Use steel angle brackets or steel rods to support outlets for fixtures,which due to weight,require attachment to the building structure. 8. Drilled fastening to concrete shall be self-drilling concrete anchors, Phillips "Red-Head" or ' approved equal. The maximum weight per fastening shall not exceed 25%of manufacturer's"pull- out load data. I 7.0 PAINTING I. In general,equipment shall be galvanized or painted in the factory before being shipped to site. Where painting is required, the material shall be sanded and cleaned. The metal shall have an approved prime rust resistant coat and shall be finished in two coats of an approved exterior gloss enamel paint. 2. After installation, touch up all scratches, chips, other damage and defects in paint, using zinc ' chromate primer or paint or special enamels as necessary to match the original. 3. Finish and colour of all equipment shall be coordinated to provide uniform appearance. ' 4. Painting of conduits and supports and other exposed surface work will be done under Painting Section except as noted. ' S. Install material in time to be painted together with mounting surfaces. 6. Do not paint over nameplates. 7. Refer to other Sections for special paint finishes of equipment. SECTION 16B BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 11 8.0 NAMEPLATES AND SCHEDULES 1. Identify electrical equipment supplied under this Division with 3 mm thick black laminated plastic ' nameplate to indicate equipment controlled to provide instruction or warning. Lettering shall be 6 mm high for small devices such as control stations and at least 13 mm high for all other equipment. Submit a list of proposed nameplates for approval before manufacture. 2. Provide panelboards with typewritten schedules identifying outlets and equipment controlled by each branch circuit. Protect schedules with non-inflammable clear plastic. ' 3. Identify junction boxes, pull boxed, cover plates, conduits and the like, provided for future extension, indicating their function. 9.0 EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS 1. Device plates shall cover opening left for outlet box, and plates shall be attached to boxes in an ' approved manner. Outlets and fixtures are to be located symmetrically. 1 2. The right is reserved to alter the location of equipment and outlets a distance of up to 3 metres without involving a change to the Contract amount,providing notice is given prior to installation. 10.0 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL ' 1. Provide necessary excavating and backfilling required for work of this Division, p erformed as specified under another Division of the work,except as modified below. ' 2. Keep excavations free from water, pump as necessary. Provide and maintain adequate heat, shoring, other necessary temporary protection. 3. Trench excavation shall be carried out in strict conformity with the Trench Excavator Protection Act. ' 4. Excavation for underground services shall be to required depths and dimension and shall be prepared as required,so that no portion of any conduit or duct bank,bears directly against any rock or other hard surface. 5. Remove and dispose of all surplus excavated material. ' 6. Backfill promptly after approval of work. Prevent damage to or displacement of walls;piping, conduits,waterproofing and other work. ' 7. For direct buried conduit and cable in all soil conditions excavate to 150 mm below and a minimum of 100 mm either side of the cable run. Fill back with a bedding of granular"A" gravel ' or sand. SECTION 16B ' BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 12 8. Refer to details on drawings and to utility company requirements for concrete encased duct installations. ' 9. Where excavation is necessary in proximity to and below the level of any footings, provide a sleeve at the proximity line and back fill with 20 mPa concrete to the level of the highest adjacent footing. Proximity is determined by the angle of repose as established by the owner's 1 representative. 10. Provide sleeves under all roads and paved areas. 11. Before backfilling, obtain approval. Remove all shoring during backfilling. 12. Backfill trenches within building,with clean sharp sand in individual layers of maximum 150 mm (6")thickness, compacted to a density of 100% Standard Proctor. Hand compact the first layers up to a compacted level of minimum one foot. Hand or machine compact the balance up to grade, using approved equipment. 13. Backfill trenches outside buildings, not under roads, parking lots, or traffic areas, up to a ' compacted level of 450 mm above the cable or duct bank with individual layers of material up to 150 mm(6")thick,hand compacted to a density of 95% Standard Proctor, using sand or granular "A" gravel. Backfill the balance to 95% Standard Proctor,using approved equipment. ' 14. Backfill all other trenches outside buildings with granular"A"gravel in layers not exceeding 150 mm thickness,compacted to 100%Standard Proctor density up to grade level: manual compaction ' up to 450 mm and mechanical compaction, using approved equipment, for the balance. 15. Make good existing paving,curbs, lawns and other work where damaged by excavation and filling work of this Division. Repair any subsequent settlement of fill placed under this and pay all costs in replacement of other work damaged by such settlement and restoration. 11.0 SUPPORT FOR UNDERGROUND SERVICES 1. Provide suitable solid support to comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, where solid, undisturbed earth stratum is not available for support of underground services. Minimum requirements where services pass through backfill or exterior foundation walls shall be 20 mPa concrete fill,full depth to undisturbed earth. ' 12.0 CONDUITS,RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS 1. Wire and cable shall be installed in conduit(or tubing)as follows: a) Rigid and galvanized steel conduit with threaded IPS fittings to be used: - Where noted and required by regulations - Surface mounted within 1200 mm of floor and where subject to mechanical damage -Where embedded in poured-in-place concrete - Where installed in concrete which is in contact with earth or grade SECTION 16B ' BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 13 ' 2. Electrical metallic tubing(EMT)may be used concealed in place of rigid conduit in dry locations subject to governing regulations. Connectors shall be provided with factory-installed insulated throats. ' 3. Use flexible metallic conduit for connections to chain suspended and recessed fixture drops, motors,transformers and similar equipment to prevent transmission of vibration. A code-gauge 1 green grounding conductor shall be provided for all connections. Use "Sealtite" conduit with Hubbell-Kellum Sealtite conduit strain relief grips for all such connections at motors. 4. Conduit installed below grade and below concrete grade slabs shall be rigid heavywall PVC type, with solvent weld joints and Ontario Hydro approved for use above grade.(CSA SPEC C22.2-No. 211.2). Rigid TYPE 2 PVC underground conduit,EBII,DBII and poly pipe are not acceptable. ' 5. Provide a separate code gauge supplementary grounding conductor run in each conduit or duct, terminating a ground block at panelboards. ' 6. Fasten every conduit to structural members by means of approved conduit clamps or clips. Wire lashing is not acceptable. 7. Where conduit is installed in concrete slabs, obtain general approval, prior to commencing the work, on both maximum dimension and crossovers which may be used therein. Comply with requirements of CSA Standard No.A23.3 paragraph 5.17. ' 8. Install conduits in such a manner as to conserve head room and interfere as little as possible with free use of space through which they pass. Obtain approval for routing of same. Keep conduits at least 150 mm(6")clear of heating pipes,flues and other high temperature work. 13.0 WIRING AND CABLE 1. Wire and cable shall comprise copper conductors, sized as noted, rated 90 deg. C., 600 volt minimum and CSA approved for applications. 2. Wire and cable unless noted,will be rubber insulated Type RWU which cable shall not be installed at temperatures below 20 deg. F. unless "minus 40" type is used. 3. Use C.G.E. Vulcan X-Link insulated cables for circuits protected by ground fault circuit interrupters. ' 4. Include in each conduit, tubing and raceway, a code gauge green supplementary grounding conductor which shall be connected to suitable ground bus in equipment. ' 5. Minimum wire size for power wiring shall be no. 10 AWG gauge unless specified otherwise. Control wiring shall be#14 AWG red insulation. Maximum voltage drop between furthest outlet ' of any circuit, when fully energized, and panel to which it is connected shall not exceed two percent except for electric heating circuits which shall not exceed one percent. SECTION 16B BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 14 6. Number of wires indicated for lighting and power, motor and motor control, alarm, signal, communication, and auxiliary systems is intended to show general scheme only. The required number and types of wires shall be installed in accordance with equipment manufacturer's ' diagrams and requirements, and with requirements of the installation, except that specification standards shall not be reduced. ' 7. Solderless connectors nylon jacketed "Vibration-Proof' screw-on wire connectors "Ideal-Wing Nuts" rated 600 volts shall be used for joints in Branch Wiring. 8. Wires or cables in feeders, sub-feeders and branch circuits shall be colour-coded in accordance with Ontario Safety Code. Each end of feeder terminations (e.g. in Switchboard, Panelboards, switches,splitters and the like)Code Phase A-Red,Phase B-Black,Phase C-Blue,Neutral-White. 9. The use of exposed plastic jacketed cables shall be subject to approval of local inspection authorities, but shall not be installed in ceiling spaces used as return air plenums for mechanical air-handling systems. 14.0 OUTLET,JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES ' 1. Use suitable electrical boxes for termination and junctions on conduit work. Install pull boxes where necessary to permit installation of conductors. Support pull boxes,outlet boxes,panels and other cabinets independently of conduit. 2. Provide each light switch, wall receptacle and other device with an outlet box of suitable ' dimensions and a faceplate. Outlet boxes shall be adapted to their respective locations. Use "Masonry Type" outlet boxes for flush installation in masonry walls as detailed on standard Detail, Drawings attached hereto. (Standard sectional boxes, 1004, 1104 and the like, shall not be used). Note: Special dimension requirements for 347 volt switches.' 3. Thruwall and Utility type boxes shall not be used. 4. Install surface mounted devices, in cast conduit fittings,with threaded hubs and galvanized steel faceplates. For 347 volt switches field modify cast fittings to reject 120 volt switches if factory modification not available. 5. Electrical boxes and panels shall be CSA approved,code-gauge sheet metal, galvanized or with suitable protective treatment. Secure covers with screws or bolts. 6. Use multi-gang boxes with barriers between each gang,where device served by dissimilar voltages utilize a common faceplate. 1 SECTION 16B ' BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 15 15.0 SWITCHES I. Provide fusible and non-fusible switches of one manufacture NEMA Type"HC"with quick-make, ' quick-break contacts, horsepower-rated where required to match the motor protected. Provide holders to accept specified fuses. Switches to include mechanical cover interlocks and line side barriers. 2. Where applicable and available, switches shall be CSA "Approved for High Service Factor." 3. Provide safety disconnect switches adjacent to motors and other equipment when required by regulations. Use switches of one manufacture throughout. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE: a)Canadian Westinghouse ' b)Federal Pioneer Electric c) Square "D" ' 16.0 FUSES 1. Fuse holders in fusible equipment generally shall be provided with a complete set of proper size Form 1,HRC Nema J or L current limiting fuses,except as noted. Fusible equipment so provided shall be adapted to reject CSA Standard C22.2 No. 59 fuses. Fuses shall be one manufacture throughout. ' 2. Fuses for motor circuits shall be class J Time Delay,HRC,(e.g.: Gould Type AJT). 3. Select fuses for motor protection as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Provide one complete set of spare fuses for each rating and type used, unless otherwise scheduled. ' 5. Apply Thomas and Betts "Kopr/Shield" conductive anti-seize compound to all fuse ferrules and holders. 6. Acceptable manufacturers are: a)Bussman Limitron b)Cefco c)English Electric ' 17.0'DEVICES 1. Wiring devices unless otherwise specified herein,or noted, shall be Brown Specification Grade ' as manufactured by Hubbell,Leviton,or P& S with 301 stainless steel cover plates. 1 SECTION 16B ' BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 16 ' 18.0 PANEL BOARDS 1. Provide panelboards as scheduled,which shall include the following features: ' a) Flush or surface trim as noted b) Self-closing springs where located in corridors ' c) Concealed hinges d) Combination catch and lock semi flush tumbler type-all keyed combinations alike e) Adjustable self-positioning trims f) Sufficient wiring space for specified cables and conduits. Except as noted,panelboard depths shall not be less that 4 1/4",for panelboards with feeder conduits up to 2 ips. Depths shall be increased accordingly for larger feeders ' g) Plain trims not displaying any names or symbols. "Vault" type handles shall not be used except in unfinished areas h) Typed schedules of circuits indicating equipment and area controlled on the backs of panel ' doors, in a steel trim pocket,covered with transparent non-inflammable plastic i) Insulate neutral block 2. 'Branch" panelboards shall be fixed bolted connection thermal-magnetic, quick-make, quick- break, 40 deg. C., calibrated ULC rated "S"" switching duty, molded-case circuit breakers branches, except as noted. "Plug-in" breakers are not acceptable. Multi-pole breakers shall be ' common trip type. Circuit breakers in 347/600 volt panelboards shall be rated 350 volt single pole and 600 volt for two and three pole. ' 3. Power and Distribution type panelboards shall be fusible Q.M.-Q.B. (quick-make, quick-break) switch type and/or circuit breaker type, as scheduled on the drawings. ' 4. Fusible switch type panelboards shall be complete with suitable fuses as specified under"Fuses". 5. Circuit numbers on drawings do not necessarily correspond to the numbers on the lighting panels. Circuits sharing a common neutral shall not be connected to the same main. Panel circuit breakers ' which are used directly for the switching of lighting fixtures shall be grouped in consecutive numbers commencing at breaker number one. ' 6. Use "Panduit" lock strap cable ties for panelboard branch wiring. 7. Panelboards of the types scheduled shall comprise the following: ' TYPE I Branch panelboard circuit breaker type, 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire mains, minimum ' interrupting rating of 14,000A. RMS symmetrical at 600 volts for 3 pole, and 10,000A. RMS symmetrical at 120 volts. SECTION 16B BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 17 TYPE II Branch panelboard circuit breaker type 347/600 volt,3 phase,4 wire mains minimum interrupting rating of 14,000A. RMS symmetrical at 600 volts for 3 pole, and 10,000A. RMS symmetrical at ' 347 volts for single pole circuit breakers. TYPE III ' Power distribution panelboard,circuit breaker type 347/600 volt,3 phase,4 wire mains,minimum interrupting rating of 18,000A. RMS symmetrical at 600 volt. Acceptable manufacturers are: a)Cutler Hammer b)Federal Pioneer c) Square "D" 8. Examine architectural and mechanical plans and specifications to determine extent of electrical work in connection with these divisions which is to be done under the work of the Electrical Division. ' 9. Coordinate the exact location and verify characteristics of electrical provisions for the work of the Mechanical Division. 19.0 ELECTRICAL SERVICE 1. Provide complete electrical service as shown on the drawings and as further described here. ' 2. Clarington Hydro will supply a service at 100 Amp 120/240 volt single phase,three wire from a new wood pole to be installed on the north west corner of the property. Coordinate the service connection with Clarington Hydro and adhere to their requirements. Leave one meter of conductor out of the weatherhead fitting at the top of the pole for termination by Clarington Hydro. ' 3. Grounding service,equipment,feeders,and the like shall be performed in accordance with OHEPC regulations and the Supply Authority's requirements. 4. The neutral connector of the wiring system together with the conduit system and service equipment shall be bonded to the water service as near as practical to the service entrance. ' 20.0 TIME CLOCKS 1. All time clocks shall be Tork#8001 double pole single throw,40 amp rated contacts and 120 volt ' clock motor 21.0 PHOTO CELL 1. All photo cells will be Tork#2001 120 volt in Lexan enclosure. SECTION 16B ' BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS 18 22.0 ELECTRIC FAN FORCED HEATERS Heat 1 CHROMALOX#WHC-2031 S/WCH-TB23 flush mounted 2000 watt 240 volt fan forced wall heater with a built-in tamper-proof pole thermostat. Mount the heater horizontal 12" below the ceiling recessed in the interior block wall. Heat 2 CHROMALOX#WHC-153 1 S/WCH-TB23 flush mounted heater similar to above but 1500 watt. I SECTION 16C LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND SCHEDULES 19 ' 1.0 GENERAL 1. Conform to Section 16A-Electrical-General Requirements. ' 2. Provide electrical lighting fixtures and systems scheduled, complete with lamps, ballasts and necessary accessories required for their installation and performance. 2.0 MATERIALS 1. Catalogue reference numbers given for individual fixture types are to be supplied as specified. 2. H.I.D. lamp ballasts (Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, etc.) shall comply with CSA Spec. C22-2 No. 66 including amendments for indoor operation where applicable, and shall be compatible with fixture and lamp assembly which they serve. They shall be two-lamp parallel type. Indoor ballasts remotely located shall be mounted long axis vertically, and spaced in ' accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Ballasts shall be of the two winding type having an isolated secondary. Shells of all H.I.D. lamp holders shall be grounded. 3. Acceptable ballast manufacturers are: a)Universal b)Philips-Advance Transformer Co. ' c) Sola-Basic Products ' 3.0 SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Conform with the requirements of Section 16A. ' 2. Submit for review a bound brochure containing illustrations of each fixture. Illustrations to be complete showing dimensions, light distribution and mounting requirements. Illustrations to be noted to indicate special features and finishes. A copy is to be retained by the contractor on the ' site,to ensure co-ordination of installation requirements. ' 4.0 LAMPS 1. Provide lighting fixtures with a full complement of clear lamps, unless otherwise specified. ' 2. Acceptable lamp manufacturers are: ' a)Canadian General Electric b)Osram/Sylvania c)Venture SECTION 16C ' LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND SCHEDULES 20 ' 5.0 ALTERNATES 1. The listing hereinafter of any article,material operation or method requires that the contractor shall ' provide each item listed of the quality and subject to the qualifications noted. 2. All materials,apparatus or equipment which are called for on the drawings or in the specifications ' by trade name or the name of a particular maker, or by catalogue references, are the material, apparatus or equipment which are to be estimated upon by the contractor. ' 3. Names are mentioned in the specifications to furnish a definite basis for the original bid and to more clearly describe the quality in the tender price. 6.0 FIXTURE SCHEDULE ' TYPE A ' A complete lighting assembly consisting of a LUMEC L60 Series high pressure sodium luminaire and a 10 foot cast metal decreative base mounted pole. The assembly will be LUMEC#70HPS-L60-PCC- SGQ-120-R61-BLACK with a clear 70 watt high pressure sodium lamp. The poles are to be mounted ' on top of the masonry piers. See the notes and the details on the drawings for the specific mounting requirements. ' TYPE B ' COOPER LIGHTING#PD1-21521-1 150 watt 120 volt semi-recessed high pressure sodium cas t metal down light with a lexan lens and a symmetric distribution reflector. The fixtures are to be semi-recessed mounted to the under side of the clock tower and the pavilion ' ceilings as directed on site. TYPE C COOPER LIGHTING #PD1-20721-1 similar to Type B but 70 watt and mounted as shown at the washroom/utility building. TYPE D ' COOPER LIGHTING#W2072-120 HPF 70 watt high pressure sodium wall mounted cut-off down light with lexan lens. Mount the fixtures below the roof soffit and above the stone feature course. ' TYPE E ' A porcelain keyless lamp holder with a 100 watt 130 volt 6000 hour inside frosted lamp and a wire guard. SECTION 16C LIGHTING SYSTEMS AND SCHEDULES 21 ' ROTARY PARK PANEL A ' 125 AMP 120/240 volt to 3 wire surface 24 circuit FPL NBLP. Inerior Lighting 15A 1 2 15A Exterior Lighting Recept. Utility Rm. 15A 3 4 15A Building Ext.Lighting ' Recept. Clock Tower .15A GFI 5 6 15A Clock Tower Lighting Recept. Pavilion 15A GFI 7 8 15A Clock Motor ' W/R Fans 15A 9 10 15A Irrigation Control Spare 15A 11 12 15A Spare Spare 15A 13 14 15A Spare Spare 15A 15 16 15A Spare ' Space 17 18 20A Heat-Male W/R Space 19 20 Change Room ' Water Heater 21 22 Heat-Female W/R 30A 20A Utility Room 23 24 ' END POURED CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH 150x15Ox1O/1O WIRE MESH G ° ° AV ' O L e ° • �a� a e• a 4 • A A d 0 49) r. El I I- 1= 1=1 1=1 1E1 -1 -1 I -1I1 II1= IE5-1=1 1E1 I I- 1= 1 - 11- - - - 11- .=I I 150mm OF GRANULAR "A" ' COMPACTED TO 95Z S.P.D.D. COMPACTED SUBGRADE TO 957. S.P.D.D. ' NOTE: t 1-CONCRETE SHALL BE 25 MPa AT 28 DAYS WITH GZ AIR ENTRAINMENT AND A MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT OF 340kg/m. 2-REFER TO LAYOUT PLAN FOR LOCATION OF EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. 3-CURING MEMBRANE CWHITE PIGMENTED) TO BE APPLIED AT THE RATE OF 45q.m/L. 4-ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Drawn, Checked= CO MD BG ' SON OF Cq�O • 7470 Woodbine Avenue, SuNe 100 J C1�, S Markham. Ontario, 11.3111 499 Scale- Date$ Tel. (905) 475—•9e8 H 9� Fax 475-5930 1=10 31/05/95 Projects Project No.s Drawing No., ROTARY PARK 91-aO3 o 1 vfMBEa Drawing Titles Files D - 1 H0 $1� POURED CONCRETE WALKWAY PAVG-005 ' POURED CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH 150x15Ox1O/1O WIRE MESH ' + Gmm MORTAR SETTING BED TRIPLE SOLDIER COURSE ' —• — O e e •,. ° e 4 , a a e e 1 —A e so - - 1 =1 = I= i= 1 =_ Ed = =1 = = == =1 =1 =! IL _ _ _I I I = —= 11 150mm OF GRANULAR 'A' ' COMPACTED TO 959. 5.P.D.D. COMPACTED 5UBGRADE NOTES= TO 959. S.P.D_D. 1—GONGRETE SHALL BE 25 MPa AT 28 DAYS WITH G9. AIR ENTRAINMENT AND A MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT OF 340kg/m. 2—CURING MEMBRANE CWHITE PIGMENTED) TO BE APPLIED AT THE RATE OF 45q.m/L. ' 3—THE CEMENT, MORTAR AND AGGREGATES SHALL CONFORM TO G.S.A. SPECIFICATION A-23-1-1gG7 FOR ' CONTROLLED CONCRETE% 4—REFER TO LAYOUT PLAN FOR LOCATION OF EXPAN51ON AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. 5—ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1 Drawn, Checked- MD BG OF SON Cq,�. 7270 woodbine Avenue, suita too o ' ` `�► cig .S% Ma m, LN 4H Scale Date- y s Fax 475_5830 1.10 31/05/95 rn N 0 s Projects Project No.$ Drawing No., ■ ` ROTARY PARK g1-1503 ■ � s 4eueea "' D - 2 �1N0 Si Drawing Titles f=ile, UNIT PAVING BANDING FAVG-011 ' T POURED CONCRETE REINFORCED REFER TO PLAN FOR WITH 150x15Ox1O/1O WIRE MESH SURFACE TREATMENT ' R=25 R=25 Ln 4A d ° G °• ° °� \��\\ d 0 • , Ln 1 � = 11ES 1E 11= = 1 I = 1 1=1 1= 11=1 1 150mm OF GRANULAR 'A' COMPACTED TO 957. S.P.D.D. COMPACTED SUBGRADE ' TO 957. S.P..D.D. NOTES. ' 1-CONCRETE SHALL BE 25 MPa AT 28 DAYS WITH GZ AIR ENTRAINMENT AND A MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT OF 340kg/m. 2-REFER TO LAYOUT PLAN FOR LOCATION OF EXPANSION AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. 3-CURING MEMBRANE CWHITE PIGMENTED TO BE APPLIED AT THE RATE ' OF 4sq.m/L. 4-ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Draw, Chaaadt COSBURN MD BG ON OF Cq� GIBER.50IN 7270 W.Wbina Avenue, SuRa 100 O Markham, 0narka. 1.3R 499 Scale$ Date, J. c��,q S� rel. (905) 475-419!8 o g �m Fox 175-5930 1=10 31/05/95 N Projects Project No., Drawing No., n ROTARY PARK 91-a03 o � db, rfY9E� ,�y Drawing Titles File D - 3 ENO 51� CONCRETE EDGE PAVG-012 i SOD ON TOPSOIL COPING SECURED TO TOP RUN ' 10mmo CLEAR STONE COMPACTED TO 957_ GEOTEXTILE MEMBRANE TERRAFIX — 270 R OR APPROVED EQUAL. _ r a SOD ON TOPSOIL — r350 111= -II I_-�$ M EE riii—I I —I =i 1 =I I I 150mm OF 19mm GRANULAR 'A' COMPACTED TO 957. S.P.D.D. 100MM DIA. PERFORATED PVC PIPE. ' SLOPE TO CATCH BASIN COMPACTED SUBSOIL TO 95y S.P.D.D. 1 NOTE: ' 1-PRECA5T CONCRETE RETAINING WALL UNITS TO BE OAKS CAMBRIAN WALL OR' APPROVED EQUIVALENT. ALL UNITS TO BE SPLIT FACE. 4-ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Drawns Checkedt COSBURN MD BG qN OF t4N 7270 woodbiln• Avenue. Sun. too J. Gi gE O�n d�(905)4�-one 4B• Scales Date Fox 1=10 31/05/95 c°n Projects Project No.l Drawng No., 6 ROTARY PARK 91-503 d'b1.O No i� j, ` Drawing Title File D - 4 � PRECAST CONCRETE RETAINING WALL RETW-004 CAMBRIAN WALL BY OAKS ' G10 65mm SOLID SQUARE INDIANA 4Go LIMESTONE COPING. WITH PUSH BUTTON 230 X 230 HOLE BEVELED IN CENTRE is STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE. —55 X 55 X 6 WELDED i SEE SPECIFICATIONS GALV. STEEL FRAME too ON ALL CORNERS GALVANIZED STEEL PLATE WITH 75o HOLE IN CENTRE —GRANITE. TO MATCH EXISTING WALL —RECESSED MORTAR PRECAST CONCRETE BASE. 75 JOINTS 610 X 610 X 125 THICK BADE LEVEL FA • •. e CAST IRON CATCH BASIN FRAME • e 19mmo COPPER SUPPLY PRECAST CATCH BASIN CASTING ,Ie 1500 HIGH. 600 X 600 I.D.. 115 THICK WALLS ' I I 1=1 I 1=1 III '.� , : 20mmo WASTE LINE I-1 I 1=1 I =1 i I III=I I=III a 100mmo PVC PIPE TO ' =111=I I I-I I =1 COMPACTED SUBSOIL I1-III=111=111 CATCH BASIN TO 957. S.P.D.D. — —_ III—I 1=1 I I—I 11—1 I I e . =1 11-1 I I—I 11=1 11-1 I I—I 1—I I •� El 11=1 11-1 I I-1 11 7I 1 I—I 11=1 I I `� `• I 1-1 =1 I I—III—III—I III—I 1-1 I El I I-III I -I 11=1 -111-1 I M I I-1 III-111- 1-:J I M I I-111 I I-III-111 L -1 1-I 1=III-�=---- _ 111-I -III. 1 -I I I-I 11-I 11-III 1-111-III 11 11-1 11 11 11-1 I 1=1 I EA 11=1 I I-I 11-1 11=1 I -I I I-I 11=1 I GU 11=1 11=1 11=1 11=1 I I I 1=1 I la 11I 1=1 11=111=1 11-I 11=1 11=1 I I-I I IM 11=1 11-1 I I-I 11= -1 I -1 11=1 11=1 I -1 11=1 I I-I 11=1 11=1 I I-I 11=1 I I-111=1 -I I-1 I I-1 11-1 1-III-1 11-III-III-1 Drawn, Checked= COSBURN MD BG ON OF qti 7270 Woodbine Avenue, sun. 100 TMarkham.05 4075�b UR 4BSi Scale, Date, o Fea N_- q o 1,15 31/05/95 N Project' Project No., Drawing No., ROTARY PARK q1-803 O �n n 'd�y1N0 ye517,sjy` Drawing Titles File, +� —5 DRINKING FOUNTAIN FURN-006 DETAIL I ZURN POST HYDRANT, ' SEE DETAIL NO. 111(a r-i— —rte L _ 1 _LJ RI i I I I I FINISHED GRADE T ar-I — r� + —1--1 - F-1— T F-1 I-�- + -V--I —_ LJ_ J_ -LJ I I- I _I ' I �— r 7 T f-I'd _ 1--1- + -1---1 - I I J 1 al I COMPACTED SUt&RADE F-1- T -F I = TO 95% S.PDD. IL J_ _ J — POI)RED CONCRETE l a I I I I I REINFORCED WITH 150 x 150 x 10/10 L J- J_ _L J WIRE MESH _ � r T -F-1 --- LLJ_ + dLJ - Iwt7 WATER SYPLY, SEE PLAN Drawn, Ghearids COSBURN MD BG \pN pF � O 7270 WaWbine Avenue, SuRa 100 1 d. el Markham, OWari'a, UR 40 Scale Date- c;! � s9 F 75 s��-6°°° 1 10 31/05/95 0 Projects Project No.' Drawing No., ' in � ROTARY PARK 91-803 o s b1HO S 17� Drawing Titles File CONCRETE BASE FOR EWK5-003 I', ' POST HYDRANT OPERATING KEY 4 16 13 Q g 12 38(1,1/2")STRAIGHT 1 5 TH R AD HOSE \ CONNECTION. 495 09,1/2") 7 \ 762 (30 ) 762 (30") S I� 8 I 2 14 ra. I' 1 GROUND LINE jI e o I SPECIFY DEPTH 3 BURY ( 1 6(1/4")NPT GROUND LINE GRAN PORT ' RECOMMENDED CONCRETE PROTECTIVE BASE lb (BY OTHERS) 15 9 NOTE-"B~ DIMENSION BASED ON HOSE OUTLET 17 10 CONNECTION 762(30")ABOVE GROUND LINE. I I 1 �t IMPORTANT- HYDRANT MUST BE OPENED ONE ` TURN TO SEAL DRAIN PORT 38(1,1/2")FEMALE NPT J1524 (5')DURING USE. INLET CONNECTION 1372 (4,1/2 ❑ 1676 5 V2') ❑1981 (6,1/2') REGULARLY FURNISHED FURNISHED WHEN SPECIFIED 2286 7,1/2')BRASS INTERIOR PARTSHEADAND HOUSING. O - BRASS CASING. 2591 •(8,1/2) ❑ REMOVABLE OPERATING KEY. GALVANIZED STEEL CASING AND ALUMINUM CASING GUARD. - 32(1,1/4")INLET 38(1,1/2")STRAIGHT THREAD HOSE OUTLET 0- 50(2") INLET CONNECTION.38(I,1&')FEMALE NPT INLET O- 320,1/4")OUTLET N CONNECTION, p- 50(2') OUTLET iNOTE FOR PARTS LIST SEE REVERSE SIDE ` FUNCTION RECOMMENDED FOR INSTALLATION IN LOCATIONS WHERE A NON-FREEZE POST HYDRANT IS REQUIRED HOSE DRAIN PORTEALLOOWWS WATER TO DRAIN 0 TLOF HYDRANT ABOVE GROUND LINE SHUTTLING OFF TO EASE . O PREVENT FREEZING. ' DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES(IN BRACKETS) AND TO THE NEAREST MILLIMETRE. PRODUCT NUMBER EXPOSED NON-FREEZE POST HYDRANT Z-1390 DRAWING NUMBER ZURN ZURN DRAINAGE AND CaVTRM SYSTEMS LTD• 1116 PART QUAN. PARTNO. PART QUAN• PART NQ I I HEAD I 10 WASHER (NEOPRENE) 2 CASING I II SCREW • 10(3/8")-24NC 1 3 VALVE HOUSING I 12 SET SCREW(WHEN SPECIFIED) 1 I I 13 CASING GUARD ,4 FACE NUT SET SCREW 2 5 OPERATING SCREW I 14 I 15 "O"RING 2 g "d'RING I I6 KEY T OPERATING COUPLING REMOVABLE SEAT I 8 OPERATING ROD I IT 9 WASHER GUIDE I NOTE BAND 9PARTS ARE FACTORY ASSEMBLED.WHEN ORDERING EXACT LENGTH MUST BE SPECIFIEO. FEATURES I. WORKING PARTS READILY REMOVED WITHOUT DIGGING UP CASING. ' 2. FREE FLOATING VALVE DISC AND REMOVABLE SEAT ASSURES POSITIVE CLOSURE AND LONG VALVE LIFE. 3. HAND FITTING KEY NORMALLY FURNISHED LOOSE CAN BE SECUFFEO TO EXTRA HEAVY SQUARE MALE STEM WHEN SPECIFIED. 4. COMPRESSION CLOSURE NEOPRENE WASHER ' S COMPACT EASILY UNDERSTOOD DESIGN MINIMIZES AND SIMPLIFIES MAINTENANCE. • �I I z 0 N O O PRODUCT NUMBER 3 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 2-1390 ' DRAWING NUMBER "r URN ZURN DR4NxE AND CUWT n SYSTEMS Lm. 1 116 . POURED CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH 150x15Ox1O/1O WIRE MESH GEOTEXTILE MEMBRANE TERRAFIX 270 R OR APPROVED EQUAL a ♦ • •• O A ♦ ♦ •� �q� • •♦ • q ♦ • • tn 1 '. 8 =1 - -I _ EB =1 = 1=1 I - ' � I�-I�= i�I -- =- -- 300 1 i 150mmo PERFORATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE PEA GRAVEL 150mm OF GRANULAR 'A' COMPACTED TO 95Z 5.P.D.D. COMPACTED SUBGRADE TO 957. 5-P.D.D. 1 Drawn, Uheaked- MD BG pN OF GIBER.50N 7270 WaWbine Avenue, Sulk 100 G i �sn Me rk`em� nfti 4M Scale, Date, Fox 47s_5li30 1=10 31/05/95 0 N Projects Project No.s Drawing No.- s OnA ROTARY PARK 91-503 °� VENBEP � D - 7 � b. �y Drawing Titles File 1�O sip PERFORATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE EWK5-013 ' 750 LIGHT POLE BASE 1 5A5E PLATE I q MILLED LIMESTONE COPING, SEE D-9 COPPER cc FLASHING d A4 100 38 MASTIC TAPE ' GALVANIZED STEEL • d e GOO LONG ANCHOR DOWELS a 1200 O/C o d d BOLTS EMBEDDED IN • e' d FOR SURFACE TREATMENT ° GRANITE, TO MATCH REFER TO LAYOUT PLAN EXISTING WALL Id e WIRING IN DIRECT BURIAL 00 GONCRETE FOUNDATION fit ` e 4 •' COPPER FLASHING • °4 a VIII— — 1— I I I • da a d, • e — OA A °e e. °• I I II I I • 44 e d ' Id A _1 I I�! !I ° � • II I � — I d°• °, III II ° 4 e yk COMPACTED SUBGRADE i — — =—I — = _ = I= TO 957. S.P.D.D. I— =I I I_--I =I =I == = I I I 1=1 I 1=1 I IEEI I 1EE1_— =I 1= Drawm crwcked.COSBURN MD BG oN OF q y GIBEVON 7270 woodmne Avenue, surf. loo ' c�P�`�,►.C��,� O�9 �.k`�sm� 40nfo 98� 489 Scale, Date ,�yly a Fox 4�s—S830 1=10 31/05/95 N Projacts Project No., Drawing No., a GALA ROTARY PARK 91-803 O R,�61 vfY9E�`',�y Drawing Titlal Film 3 D — N0 s1 MASONRY LIGHT COLUMN FMNP-16 1 ' P 750 LIGHT OLE BASE ' BASE PLATE q1 MILLED LIMESTONE COPING to 4 — GOO LONG ANCHOR ' WIRING IN P.V.G. DUCT BOLTS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SECTION BEVELLED LIMESTONE CLEARANCE HOLES COPING. EXISTING UNITS SHOULD BE REMOVED AND PLANED TO PROVIDE FLAT SURFACE TO MOUNT LIGHT STANDARD 1 BASE PLATE I 1 318mmo - 4 BOLTS 1 USE BASE PLATE TEMPLATE TO BORE CLEARANCE HOLES INTO LIMESTONE COPING 1 PLAN 1 ' Drawm Checked MD BG ON OF 4 7270 Woodbine Avenue, such 100 elrk` ;Ons 489 Scale Date � s°i 9a vox 473-5930 1=10 31/05/95 ti Projects Project No., Drawing No.l ' ROTARY PARK 91-803 _ ° e D G 'dr vFYBEf� ,�y Drawing Tltb� Fil 4NO S), COPING UNIT FMNF-17 1 1 1 100mm DEEP CONCRETE FOUNDATION 1 REFER TO PLAN AND DETAILS 150 FOR SURFACE TREATMENT r r 69 150mm DEPTH GRANULAR 'A' b3 ¢$' ~ COMPACTED TO 95Z S.P.D.D. l 1 I 1-1 = _ _ _ _ G.5mmo ANCHOR BOLTS NUTS AND CAPS. ALL ' FASTENERS TO BE HOT— DIPPED GALVANIZED G/W TAMPERPROOF COVERS 1 COMPACTED SUB501L TO 95Z S.P.D.D. 1 Drawn, Gheckedt COSBURN MD BG 1 ON OF (A 7270 Woodbine Avenue, Suite 100 P `a,,.c, �,r� �.( o j���ee� 1:15 Date, Tel.ci 1 y� Fox 475-5130 H rn Projects Project No., Draining No., ROTARY PARK 91-ao3 4fE49E9L Drawing Title$ Filet D 1 O 1N0 SLO BENCH DETAIL FURN-004 CONCRETE PAD FOUNDATION E Eal[03 CANO ' 200mm DEEP CONCRETE EMUml FOUNDATION ' �❑❑� REFER TO PLAN AND DETAILS FOR SURFACE TREATMENT y• A .1501 III— I =1 150mm DEPTH GRANULAR 'A' GOMPACTED TO 95Z S.P.D.D. I_ = G.5mmo ANCHOR BOLTS — __ I NUTS AND GAP5. ALL —i —I I 1-1 111 I—I Iii- FASTENERS TO BE HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED COMPACTED SUBSOIL TO 959. 5.P.D.D. Drawn, Checked MD BG ' \pN OF Cq�O GIBERSON? '1► C��f',p S+ M7ko dbMbw1.R 100 3 4 scal e, Data- Me 4om sOa r 47o 5-sm Taallx O5S_ ss 1=15 01/05/95 0 -o N rn Projects Project No.' Drawing No., ROTARY PARK 91-803 O �n fI'1/ — 1 1 1 1 mod•` vfYBEQL �y Drawing Title' File, L 1H0 SLR WASTE RECEPTACLE FURN-005 CONCRETE PAD FOUNDATION r . r i 1 ---------------------------. ' 105.10- 105.10 HHHHHHH -- ROOF LINE U 17, CONTROL JOINTS 1.y EXPANSION JOINT. ALONG PERIMETER OF BANDING r 105.10< HP-} .)105.10 ' 105.14 1? 1z . r . 1r�. Q9 ; CONCRETE PAVING. SEE D-1 UNIT PAVING BANDING. kiii SEE D-2 105.10 ------ 105.10 r COLUMN IN CONCRETE FOOTING. SEE D-13 RAILING. 3 SIDES 1 i� 1 i r rDrawn+ Checked+ MD BG QN OF !q GIBEVON 7270 woodbine Avenue. Such 100 ti0 Markham, Ontario, L3R 40 Scale' Date+ �P v x 4 �� -60M 1:100 31/05/95 0 rr% to Projects Project No., Drawing No., r ROTARY PARK 91-803 �y ��� Titles File+ D -12 0 S 1 rPAVILION PLAN FURN-009 ' EXPANSION JOINT 150 X 150 COLUMN CONCRETE PAVING OR UNIT PAVING BANDING. SEE PLAN + DETAILS 3/4' X 14' ANCHOR BOLT a Id 4 4 M2 44 e °d. e � I 1' • Q& LAS 71 1 d _ 25 MPa CONCRETE FOOTING _ I I III . I ° - ° _ �— — � COMPACTED SUBGRADE I I I_ TO 957_ S.P.D.D. _ ( • L 4-15M VERT. 8-10M TIES - ' '=1 I 1EE1 _ _ I- =���-111.=I1i,;,ll 3500 SONOTUBE Drawm Checked, �pN OF MD BG� GIBEVON 7270 wowbinm Avmua suite too .1.Gi �+� Morkhom, Ontaft L3A 4B9 Scale, Date- v 1 i �°° 1=10 31/05/95 Projects Project No., Drawing No., ' 4 ROTARY PARK 91-803 O ?� -d�b1�o Me51,,�y Drawing Title, Files D —13 PAVILION FOOTING FURN-008 pSSOCjq 4p to 3 o Ca :3 >- O r z w O O O o z z oe oc bb 3 d7� O Z � Q V o 3 3 Oo 0 O O O � m D D n a a z Q Z kc oC a a ac O � S a C) BLOW-OFF VALVE m X m Z FLOOR rq o WATER METER, IL O p o BAGKFLOW PREVENTER SEE W11 N O co d OZ oc O rt � Q � 0 3 a 0 N U REMOTE BY ' HYDRO METER GATE OR ' BALL VALVE SEAL ' + •}-' BY PASS E ' IRON PIPE TO GATE AL - BALL GATE 0 COPPER ADAPTER BALL VALVE VALVE IRON PIPE TO BRASS 'T' I SEAL COPPER ADAPTER T-FITTING BRASS NIPPLE BRASS NIPPLE FLANGE CONNECTION z FLANGE ' CONNECTION • E w O W COPPER TO v U ' IRON PIPE ADAPTER FLOOR LEVEL . , ' NOTES: 1.REMOTE TO BE MOUNTED ON HYDRO STACK OR INSIDE NEXT 70 'HYDRO METER. STANDARD WATER METER INSTALLATION APPROVED ' W( I DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS TREE STAKES TO BE REMOVED PROVIDE 3 STAKES SPACED EQUALLY ' AT THE CLOSE OF THE SECOND FOR GOOD TREE SUPPORT. STAKE GROWING SEASON, OR UPON THE HEIGHT TO BE 2/3 OF TREE HEIGHT. EXPIRATION OF THE WARRANTY ALL STAKES TO HAVE ONE COAT OF PERIOD. OLYMPIC STAIN No. 708 OR APPROVED EQUAL. APPLIED TO MANUFACTURER'S REMOVE ONLY DEAD OR BROKEN SPECIFICATIONS. BRANCHES. TREAT ALL CUTS OVER ' 15mm o WITH APPROVED TREE PAINT DO NOT CUT LEADER. ' SECURE STAKES WITH NURSERYMAN'S 4 ROPE OR No. 10 GALVANIZED WIRE ' IN REINFORCED RUBBER HOSE SECURE STAKES INTO GROUND A MINIMUM OF 450mm C1'-G') ' 100mm OF SHREDDED BARK MULCH OR AS SPECIFIED. IN 150mm DEEP SAUCER i ' MAINTAIN ORIGINAL GRADE OF TREE BASE AFTER TRANSPLANTING N , CUT AND REMOVE BURLAP FROM ' r J TOP 1/3 OF ROOT BALL ' 50x5Omm WOOD STAKES _ = WASH PLANTING SOIL INTO SPACES AROUND ROOT BALL ' W PREPARED PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE AS SPECIFIED MIN. 150mm TAMPED MOUND 0 OF PLANTING SOIL TO =III= I I1 i PREVENT SETTLEMENT �I I III III— I SCARIFY EDGES OF TREE PIT 11= =1 I I= I I1 =1 11I VARIE5 NOTE: ' ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS Drool Checked- MD BIG pN Checked- OF �qN GIBIEVON 7270 woodbine Awnw. SuRe 100 q� a.Gi O Markham. Onfarlo, UR 4N Scale, Date, T "471 475-IM 1=25 01/06/95 0 N r" Projects Project No., Drawing No., ' ROTARY PARK q1-1503 o 4frw9c* D —15 H0 S l��y Drawfng Titbt File ' CONIFEROUS TREE PLANTING PLNT-001 WOOD STAKES TREE STAKES TO BE REMOVED REMOVE ONLY DEAD OR BROKEN t AT THE CLOSE OF THE SECOND BRANCHES. TREAT ALL CUTS OVER GROWING SEASON, OR UPON THE 15mm m WITH APPROVED TREE PAINT EXPIRATION OF THE WARRANTY DO NOT GUT LEADER. ' PERIOD. IF PLANTED IN FULL LEAF, THE TREE 15 TO BE SPRAYED WITH APPROVED ANTI-DE551GANT UNLESS PLANTED ' WITHIN 48 HOURS OF DIGGING. ' 2 - STEEL T-BARS 50x5OxGmm MIN. 2400mm LONG WRAP TREE WITH APPROVED TREE WRAP FROM TOP OF ROOT BALL TO 300mm ABOVE FIRST BRANCH ' SECURE STAKES TO TREE WITH No.9 GALVANIZED WIRE ENCLOSED IN 2-PLY oo RUBBER HOSE ' 100mm OF SHREDDED BARK MULCH OR AS SPECIFIED, IN 150mm DEEP ' 7 SAUCER Z! MAINTAIN ORIGINAL GRADE OF TREE E BASE AFTER TRANSPLANTING ' o co CUT AND REMOVE BURLAP FROM TOP 1/3 OF ROOT BALL I WASH PLANTING SOIL INTO SPACES AROUND ROOT BALL PREPARED PLANTING SOIL z Q \�j�\iY /� — MIXTURE AS SPECIFIED MIN. 150mm TAMPED MOUND OF PLANTING SOIL TO PREVENT SETTLEMENT SCARIFY EDGES OF TREE PIT A A A NOTE= VARIE5 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS Drmvns MD BG C4maed- SON OF Cq�O n woodbine Awn", Sun• 100 ' J. Gl i+ 70 Yarkhom, 0►daria, L311 4✓8➢ Scale, Date- �� Tal. (905) 475-689! o 9� ITau 475_5930 1=30 01/06/95 Projects Project No., Drawing No.: ' a �f ROTARY PARK q1-803 O ,t 'ty`,1NOEue51�,�y Drawing Title@ Files D — + v ' DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING PLNT-002 STEEL T-BAR STAKES ' THIN BRANCHES BY 1/3 RETAINING NORMAL PLANT SIZE ' 100mm OF SHREDDED BARK MULCH OR AS SPECIFIED. IN 150mm DEEP SAUCER MAINTAIN ORIGINAL GRADE OF SHRUB BASE AFTER PLANTING BALL + BURLAP - GUT AND REMOVE BURLAP FROM TOP 1/3 OF ROOT BALL BARE ROOT - SPREAD ROOTS EVENLY ' OVER TAMPED MOUND OF PLANTING SOIL. WORK SOIL BETWEEN ROOTS WASH PLANTING SOIL INTO = SPACES AROUND ROOT BALL \\\\\\ \\\\\ — - PREPARED PLANTING SOIL °o Z = = = \\\/\\\ \\ _ MIXTURE AS SPECIFIED ' �f / — - - CLEANLY PRUNE ALL DAMAGED ROOT ENDS SCARIFY EDGES OF PIT — _ MIN. 75mm TAMPED MOUND OF III 1=1 1=1 1=1 = = PLANTING SOIL TO PREVENT SETTLEMENT E. 300 300 ' MN MN ' NOTE= ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS ' Drawn, Checked,GIBEVON MD 15G`ON OF �q�O 7270 Woodbine Avanua, Suft 100 Scale, Date, J. C�� f Markham, Ontario. 1.31111 489 T.I. (90 5) 47S-69e8 1°20 01/06/95 o Fox 475-5930 N Project, Project No., Drawing No., ' a ROTARY PLAN q1-803 0 �. d'1NO 51.�'j Drawing Titles File, ' SHRUB PLANTING PLNT-003 TREE STAKES TO BE REMOVED PROVIDE 3 STAKES SPACED EQUALLY AT THE CLOSE OF THE SECOND FOR GOOD TREE SUPPORT. STAKE GROWING SEASON. OR UPON THE HEIGHT TO BE 2/3 OF TREE HEIGHT. EXPIRATION OF THE WARRANTY ALL STAKES TO HAVE ONE COAT OF PERIOD. OLYMPIC STAIN No. 708 OR APPROVED EQUAL. APPLIED TO MANUFACTURER'S REMOVE ONLY DEAD OR BROKEN SPECIFICATIONS. BRANCHES. TREAT ALL CUTS OVER ' 15mm o WITH APPROVED TREE PAINT DO NOT CUT LEADER. ' SECURE STAKES WITH NURSERYMAN'S ROPE OR No. 10 GALVANIZED WIRE ' IN REINFORCED RUBBER HOSE SECURE STAKES INTO GROUND A ^ MINIMUM OF 450mm C1'-G') ' 100mm OF SHREDDED BARK MULCH OR AS SPECIFIED. IN 150mm DEEP SAUCER ' MAINTAIN ORIGINAL GRADE OF TREE BASE AFTER TRANSPLANTING N �� CUT AND REMOVE BURLAP FROM r �J TOP 1/3 OF ROOT BALL / = 50x5Omm WOOD STAKES WASH PLANTING SOIL INTO SPACES AROUND ROOT BALL W °C /\\/\\/\\ r /\\/\/\ = PREPARED PLANTING SOIL \ \ \/ \ \ MIXTURE AS SPECIFIED _41 - ' MIN. 150mm TAMPED MOUND OF PLANTING SOIL TO PREVENT SETTLEMENT SCARIFY EDGES OF TREE PIT ' -II1=1I1= ' A A A VARIES NOTE= ' ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS Drowns Checked& ICOSBURN MD BG pc► OF t4 GIBERSON 7270 Woodbine Avenue, Sulk 100 J. IS* �s+ Markhom, Ontario, L39 489 Scale- Date, Tel. AX 475-999e 1=25 01/06/95 G �a Fam 475-5930 H rn Projects Project No.s Drawing No., ' L GNn ;b ROTARY PARK 91-803 o '40VI �y Dravring Titks@ Film D —1 8 ' "'NO 51� SLOPED CONIFEROUS TREE PLANTING FLNT-004 WOOD STAKES ' THIN BRANCHES BY 1/3 RETAINING NORMAL PLANT SIZE ' 100mm OF SHREDDED BARK MULCH OR AS SPECIFIED. IN 150mm DEEP SAUCER MAINTAIN ORIGINAL GRADE OF /G SHRUB BASE AFTER PLANTING BALL + BURLAP - GUT AND REMOVE BURLAP FROM TOP 1/3 OF ROOT BALL BARE ROOT - SPREAD ROOTS EVENLY OVER TAMPED MOUND OF PLANTING SOIL. WORK SOIL BETWEEN ROOTS WASH PLANTING SOIL INTO SPACES AROUND ROOT BALL PREPARED PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE AS SPECIFIED ° - `� CLEANLY PRUNE ALL DAMAGED ROOT ENDS SCARIFY EDGES OF PIT � __— MIN. 75mm TAMPED MOUND OF PLANTING SOIL TO PREVENT SETTLEMENT 300 300 ' MN MN ' NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS ' F Drawn, Gheaed- MD BG ON OF t4 7270 woodbine Avenue, Su% too r\ Osn Tel. 903) n 8!d 499 Scale, Date. v �c Fox �75-s930 1=20 01/OG/95 y �' Projects Project No-1 Drawing No.t ROTARY PARK 91-803 0 �eweea ` �1 N0 S l��y Drawing Titles File- D —1q I ' SLOPED SHRUB PLANTING PLNT-006 750 ' 9 O 1 O Ln ' INDIANA LIMESTONE SIGN. e) SEE ELEVATION, D_21 e 1 co COPPER FLASHING ° 1 ' MASTIC TAPE ° a a ° ° GALVANIZED STEEL 4 ° 0 in DOWELS e 1200 O/C ' GRANITE, TO MATCH EXISTING WALL ° O ' 000 25MPa POURED CONCRETE FOUNDATION ° a e COPPER FLASHING FOR SURFACE TREATMENT e° a n ' REFER TO LAYOUT PLAN � ° a° � I o I_E I LEI I I I =1 1 ° a ° ° ° Ed 1=1 ' COMPACTED SUBGRADE TO 957 S.P.D.D. =III—I I ,; I ' Drawn, Checked, �pN OF MD BG�qN GIBEVON 7270 WoWbtne Avenue, SuNe 100 a/ el i \p p,Ss0cj 7600 0 INDIANA LIMESTONE SIGN J � 'a� a r,i SANDBLAST AND PAINT LETTERS �A D Nz � �o 0 Rotary Park ,. o o� ! o Ct Nz f*1 _ p Z X. rn � 3 Z ! 0 g 3 ►" � o N rr O O GRANITE, TO MATCH EXISTING WALL d oo FOR SURFAGE TREATMENT REFER TO LAYOUT PLAN o N � ' Soil-Eng CONSULTING SOIL& FOUNDATION ENGINEERS Limited 100 NUGGET AVENUE,SCARBOROUGH,ONTARIO MIS 3A7•TEL:(416)754.8515• FAX:(416)754.8516 ' BRANCH OFFICES: BARRIE • MISSISSAUGA • BOWMANVILLE • NEWMARKET 1 ' A REPORT TO COSBURN GIBERSON LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS A SOIL INVESTIGATION FOR PROPOSED PARK FACEUTIES PARKLAND OF BOVIMANVILLE CREEK SOUTH OF QUEEN STREET TOWN OF BOVilvIANVEUE i ' Reference No. 9306-SS7 t AUGUST 1993 DISTRIBUTION 3 Copies Cosburn Giberson Landscape Architects ' 1 Copy - Soil-Eng Limited ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 ' TABLE OF CON'I'ES 1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2.0 SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3.0 FIELD WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ' 4.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4.1 Earth Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ' 4.2 Topsoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .°. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4.3 Sandy Gravel . . 5 4.4 Silty Sand Till . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ' 4.5 Silty Clay Till• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4.6 Sandy Silt . . 9 4.6 Compaction Characteristics of the Revealed Soils . . . . . . 11 ' 5.0 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 ' 6.0 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 6.1 Parkette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 6.2 Foundations of Gazebo and Stairway . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 6.3 Stairway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 6.4 Pedestrian Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 6.5 Storm Sewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6.6 Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1 r ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 ' LIST OF TABLES Table 1 - Natural Water Content (Sandy Silt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ' Table 2 - Estimated Water Content for Compaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ' Table 3 - Measured Groundwater Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Table 4 - Soil Parameters for Bridge Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 ' Table 5 - Classification of Soils for Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 LIST OF ENCLOS _ - ' Borehole Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figures 1 to 3 Grain Size Distribution Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figures 4 to 6 Borehole Location Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing Nos. 1 and 2 . 16) Reference No. 9306-S.57 1 ' 1.0 INTRODUCTION ' In accordance with a facsimile transmission dated June 24, 1993 from Mr. B. Giberson of Cosburn Giberson Landscape Architects, a soil investigation ' was carried out in the parkland of Bowmanville Creek, south of Queen Street, for proposed Park Facilities. The purpose of the investigation was to reveal the subsurface conditions and to determine the engineering properties of the occurring soils for the design and construction of the proposed project. The findings and resulting geotechnical recommendations are presented in this ' Report. ' It should be noted that no tests have been carried out to determine whether environmental contaminants are present in the soils. Therefore, this report deals only with a study of the geotechnical aspects of the proposed project. 1 , 16) I Reference No. 9306-S.57 2 ' 2.0 SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION Bowmanville is situated on Iroquois Lake plain, where drift has been partly eroded by the water action of the glacial lake and in places filled with lacustrine clay, silt and sand. The project area is adjacent to the Bowmanville Creek valley in the centre of Bowmanville, south of Queen Street. It covers a flat area at the top of the north ' bank of the valley, a sector of the northern valley bank, and a sector on the south bank of the creek. The project consists of a paved parkette and pathway leading to a gazebo on the ' flat land at the top of the north bank; a stairway on the face of the northern bank; and a pedestrian bridge crossing the creek. The sector of the bank on which the stairway will be built slopes at about ' 1.0 vertica1:2.0 horizontal with a height of 16.0 metres. ' A site inspection has shown the face of the valley bank is generally wooded and in a stable condition; however, in the sector where the stairway is proposed, snow- , dumping has flattened the trees and in places the subsoil is exposed and has been ' eroded by runoff. 1 . 16) ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 3 ' 3.0 FIELD WORK ' The field work, consisting of three (3) boreholes to depths ranging from 5.0 to 18.7 m, was performed on July 26, 1993, at the locations shown on the Borehole ' Location Plans, Drawing Nos. 1 and 2, attached. The holes were advanced to the sampling depths by a track-mounted, continuous- flight power-auger machine equipped for soil sampling. Standard Penetration tests, using the procedures described on the enclosed "Last of Abbreviations and Terms", were performed at frequent intervals of depth. The test results are recorded as the ' Standard Penetration Resistance (or `N' values) of the subsoil. The relative density of the granular strata, and the consistency of the cohesive strata are inferred from ' the `N' values. Split-spoon samples were recovered for soil classification and ' laboratory testing. The field work was supervised and the findings recorded by a Senior Geotechnical ' Technician. The elevation at each of the borehole locations was determined with reference to the site bench mark shown on Drawing No. 1, which has a geodetic elevation of ' 108.82'metres. 1 1 . 16) ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 4 ' 4.0 SUBSURFACE COTMMNS ' Detailed descriptions of the encountered subsurface conditions are presented on the Borehole Logs, comprising Figures 1 to 3, inclusive. The revealed stratigraphy and the engineering properties of the occurring soils are briefly discussed herein. ' Beneath a layer of earth fill at the top of the valley bank, strata of sandy silt; silty sand till; and silty clay till were encountered The latter extends to the toe of the ' valley bank. On the south bank of the creek an alluvial deposit was encountered above a stratum of silty clay till which is laminated with a stratum of sandy silt. 4.1 Earth Fi The fills consist of silty clay and sandy silt; they are contaminated with bricks, ' cinders and glass, showing the fill is mixed with construction debris. They may be contaminated with environmentally undesirable material and it will need to be ' assessed by laboratory testing (chemical). This procedure is not within the terms of reference for this investigation. t The fill extends to a depth of 2.1 m in Borehole 1, deepening to 4.6 m towards the ' top of the bank, as revealed in Borehole 2. The obtained `N' values are 5 to 16, with a mean of 8 per 30 cm of penetration. This shows that the fill was loosely placed; however, it has self-consolidated. ' The water content of the samples was found to vary from 5 to 19%, and shows that the fill at the top of the bank is drier than that in the flat area behind the top of ' the bank. Reference No. 9306-S.57 5 ' In using the fill for engineering purposes, it must be sorted free of debris contamination and be properly compacted. 4.2 Topsoil The topsoil was found beneath the earth fill in Borehole 2; it has a thickness of ' 40 centimetres. Sample examinations show it contains fine roots and is dark brown in colour, indicating it has a high humus content. The organics are highly ' compressible rendering the topsoil too weak for engineering application. I ' 4.3 Sand,y Gravel ' The sandy gravel contains a trace of silt with occasional plant debris occurring in the upper layers. Sample examinations show the particle sizes of the sand fraction are well graded, and the gravel and sand particles are subangular to rounded in shape. This shows that the sandy gravel is an alluvial deposit and from the resistance to augering the presence of cobbles and boulders in the deposit is inferred. The obtained `N' values are 32 and 40, indicating the relative density of the deposit is dense. ' The natural water content of the samples was found to be 8 and 9%. The low value shows that due to the perviousness of the material the water drained out as ' the samples were taken. ' A grain size analysis was performed on one representative sample and the result is ' plotted on Figure 4. i ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 6 tAccording to the above findings, the other engineering properties are deduced in the following: i Non-frost-susceptible and moderately water erodible. - Pervious, with the estimated coefficient of permeability being 10'1 cm/sec. A frictional soil, its shear strength is derived from internal friction and is soil density dependent with an estimated internal friction angle of 40°. In steep cuts, the dry and wet gravel will slough to its angle of repose (or its ' internal friction angle), will run with water seepage, and boil with a piezometric head of about 0.8 metre. 4.4 Silly Sand Till This deposit was encountered in the deep borehole drilled at the top of the bank. ' It consists of a random mixture of particle sizes ranging from clay to gravel, with sand and silt being the dominant fractions. Its structure is heterogenous, showing ' the deposit is a glacial till. Sample examinations indicated that the till is cemented and the samples slaked readily when placed in water. The obtained `N' value is 100 +. This shows that the relative density of the till is ' very dense, suggesting that it has been highly preconsolidated by past glacial ' loading. Intermittent hard resistance to augering was encountered, indicating the presence of cobbles and boulders in the stratum. Reference No. 9306-S.57 7 The natural water content of the samples was determined and the results are plotted on the Borehole Logs. The values range from 5 to 7 01o, showing the clay is ' in a damp condition. A grain size analysis was performed on a representative sample and the result is plotted on Figure 4. The gradation shows the till is gravelly. According to the above findings, the following engineering properties of the silty sand till are listed below: ' - Highly frost susceptible and moderately water erodible. Low permeability, with an estimated coefficient being 10'6 cm/sec. ' - A frictional soil, its shear strength is primarily derived from internal friction, and is augmented by cementation, with an estimated internal friction angle of over 45°. It will be stable in steep cuts; however, under prolonged exposure local sheet ' collapse will likely occur. ' 4.5 Silly Clay Till ' The silty clay till consists of a random mixture of soils; the particle sizes range from clay to gravel, with the clay fraction exerting the dominant influence on the ' soil properties. ' The structure of the till is heterogenous, indicating it is a glacial till. ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 8 ' Hard resistance was encountered during augering, showing the till is embedded with occasional cobbles and boulders. 1 The consistency of the till was found to be hard. This is confirmed by the `N' values of 67 and 100 plus. The Atterberg Limits of one representative sample and the natural water content of all the samples were determined. The results are plotted on the Borehole Logs ' and summarized below: Liquid Limit 29% Plastic Limit 17% ' Natural Water Content 9 to 19% (mean 13%) The results show that the till is a cohesive material with low plasticity. The natural water content is generally below its plastic limit, confirming the hard consistency ' disclosed by the `N' values. ' A grain size analysis was performed on one representative sample and the result is ' plotted on Figure 5. ' According to the above findings, the following engineering properties are deduced: ' - Moderately frost susceptible and water erodible. Low permeability, with an estimated coefficient of about 10.7 em/sec. ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 9 ' - A cohesive soil, its shear strength is primarily derived from consistency which is inversely related to its moisture content. It contains sand; therefore, its ' shear strength is augmented by internal fri 'oa. It will generally be st a b le in a relatively stee p cut; however, long exposure ' will allow infiltrating precipitation to wet the soil mantle, and this may lead to local sloughing. 4.6 Sandy Silt The sandy silt was found in Borehole 1 beneath the earth fill and laminated in the silty clay till in Borehole 3. ' Sample examinations showed that the silt found beneath the earth fill (Borehole 1) contains silty clay layers. The silt stratum laminated in the silty clay till occurred in the valley (Borehole 3) and contains occasional clay seams. The laminated T; structure shows that the revealed silts are laeustrine deposits from a different era. They are generally wet and became highly dilatant when shaken. The obtained `N' values in the silt found on top of the valley bank varied from 8 to ' 10, with a mean of 9, and in the sandy silt in the valley, the `N' value is 100 +. ' The relative density of the silts is thus inferred as(loose and very dense. ri. 4 The natural water content of the samples was determined; the values are plotted on the Borehole Logs and summarized below: 1 Reference No. 9306-S.57 10 ' Table 1 - Natural Water Content (Sandy Silt) Soil Type Natural Water Content (%) ' Sandy Silt (Borehole 1) °' 22 to 31 Sandy Silt (Borehole 3) 15 and 19 ' These values confirm that the silts are wet. ' A grain size analysis was performed on one representative sample and the result is plotted on Figure 6. According to the above findings, the following engineering properties relating to ' the project are given below: ' - Highly frost susceptible, with high soil adfreezing potential. Highly water erodible; susceptible to migration through small openings under seepage pressure. Low permeability, with the estimated coefficient being 10'6 cm/sec. - Frictional soils, their shear strength is density dependent. Due to their dilatancy, the strength of the wet silts is susceptible to impact disturbance, ' i.e. the disturbance will induce a build-up of pore pressure within the soil mantle, resulting in soil dilation and a reduction in shear strength. In excavation, the moist silts will be stable in relatively steep cuts, while the wet silts will slough and run slowly with seepage bleeding from the cut face. They will boil with a piezometric head of 0.4 metre. 1 . 16) ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 11 ' 4.6 Compaction Characteristics of the Revealed Soils ' The obtainable degree of compaction is primarily dependent on the soil moisture and, to a lesser extent, on the type of compactor used and the effort applied. As a general guide, the typical water content values of the revealed soils for Standard Proctor compaction are presented below: Table 2 - Estimated Water Content for Compaction w. Water Content (%) for Standard ' Proctor Compaction Determined Natural ' Soil Type Water Content (%) 100% (optimum)IRange for 95% or + Earth Fill (flat land 12 to 19 14 10 to 16 ' behind the bank) j Earth Fill (top of 5 to 8 14 10 to 16 valley bank) Sandy Silt (top of 22 to 31 13 10 to 17 ' valley bank) Sandy Silt (in the 15 and 19 13 10 to 17 valley) ' Silty Clay Till 9 to 19 13 10 to 16 (mean 13) ' Silty Sand Till 5 to 7 10 8 to 13 Sandy Gravel 8 and 9 10 6 to 15 Reference No. 9306-S.57 12 The above values show that for 95% or + Standard Proctor compaction the earth ' fill on to of the bank will require aeration or mixing with the drier fill, and the P q sandy silt will require aeration. The remaining soils are generally suitable for structural compaction. Densification of the sandy silt, earth fill and sandy gravel should be carried out ' using a heavy vibratory roller. The intensity of the vibration must be adjusted in accordance with the soil moisture. The tills must be compacted using a heavy ' kneading-type roller. 1 1 i Reference No. 9306-S.57 13 ' 5.0 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS iThe groundwater level was measured on completion of the boreholes. The data are plotted on the Borehole Logs and tabulated below: i Table 3 - Measured Groundwater Level BH No. Depth (m) EL (m) 1 4.0 103.8 2 Dry 87.4 - i 3 1.5 88.5 iThe g roundwater was detected in the loose silt underlying 2.1 m of earth fill and i close to the creek where the pervious sandy gravel was saturated by the water in the creek. At the top of the bank the borehole was drilled to a depth level with ithe bed of the valley; it remained dry on completion. However, the soil became grey at about El. 97.6, and from this, together with the soil moisture profile, the ipermanent groundwater regime appears to occur below El. 94.0. ' The water measured in Boreholes 1 and 3 is perched in nature, and is derived from infiltrated precipitation which is trapped in the voids in the loose isandy silt or is influenced by the water level in the creek. 1 1 1 1 . 16) Reference No. 9306-S.57 14 t 6.0 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ' The investigation has disclosed that the flat land behind the top of the north bank of the valley is underlain by a layer of self-consolidated, earth fill extending onto a stratum of loose to compact sandy silt till. At the top of the north bank the earth fill is deeper and beds onto the original topsoil at a depth of 4.6 metres. The ' natural soils at the bank consist of compact to very dense silty sand till overlying a stratum of silty clay till. At the south bank of the creek an alluvial deposit consisting of dense sandy gravel was encountered. It extends onto a hard silty clay till which is laminated with very dense sandy silt. The groundwater level measured at the flat land is derived from infiltrated precipitation which is perched at a depth of 4.0 metres. At the top of the bank, no groundwater was detected due to the low permeability of the tills; however, the ' permanent groundwater level is expected to occur at a depth of 12.0 m (lower sector of the bank). The groundwater level at the south bank of the creek generally corresponds with the water level in the creek. - 1 The g eotechnical findings and/or constraints which warrant special consideration ' are presented below: 1. The land at the top of the bank and behind the top of the bank has been y covered with a layer of fill. The fill extends to a depth of 2.1 m t (Borehole 1) thickening to a depth of 4.2 m (Borehole 2) at the top of the ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 15 ' bank (El. 105.7 to 101.5) According to the design drawing (No. 1 prepared by Cosburn Giberson), the proposed paved parkette will generally follow the existing contours; therefore, it will be built on the existing fill which was found to contain construction debris and glass. The environmental ' parameters of the fill should be tested to ensure that it is suitable for parkland use. In addition, the fill is a highly frost-susceptible material, and this should be taken into consideration in the design of the pavement. 2. The foundations of the gazebo and stairway must extend at least 1.5 m into the natural bank below the creep zone generally associated with banks sloped at 1.0 vertical:less than 2.5 horizontal. 3. For construction of the pedestrian bridge, the excavation for the abutment should be sheeted to prevent water infiltration. The recommendations appropriate for the project described in Section 2.0 are presented herein. One must be aware that the subsurface conditions may vary between boreholes. Should this become apparent during construction, a ' geotechnical engineer must be consulted to determine whether the following recommendations require revision. 6.1 Parkette The pavement for the parkette will either consist of paving stone or a concrete slab ' and will be sensitive to frost heave. The recommended protective schemes are given below: Reference No. 9306-S.57 16 Paving Stone ' The fill subgrade must be removed to a depth of 1.0 m, replaced with non- frost-susceptible sand, and should be provided with subdrains to prevent jwater ponding in the sand mantle. Concrete Slab The slab must be insulated with 50 mm Styrofoam or equivalent. In preparation of the sand base for the paving stones or granular base for the concrete slab, the fill subgrade must be proof-rolled. The sand base must be uniformly compacted to at least 95010 of its maximum ' Standard Proctor dry density. The concrete slab should be founded on a 15 cm granular base which should be compacted to at least 95010 of its maximum Standard Proctor dry density. 6.2 Foundations of GU&bo and Stairway The existing bank consists of very dense silty sand till overlying a hard silty clay till. The bank slopes at 1.0 vertical:about 2.0 horizontal with a height of 16.0 meters. The very dense till extends to about El. 94.0; the remaining soil consists of very ' hard silty clay till which extends beyond the toe of the bank, El. 88.7. This shows there is no risk of deep-seated failure of the bank and its overall stability is 1 1 Referenc6 No. 9306-S.57 17 estimated to be at least 1.4. However, there is creep movement associated with the surficial zone which is driven by the weathering process. This zone is generally confined within 1.2 m from the face of the bank. tThe foundations of the gazebo must be extended onto the natural sound soil, i.e. the dense silty sand till. The foundations of the stairway must extend below the tcreep zone and be designed to resist the creep. The foundations must extend at least 3.0 m into the natural soils. i According to the findings of Borehole 2, this level lies either in the very dense silty tsand till or the hard silty clay till. ' A Maximum Allowable Soil Pressure of 800 kPa is recommended for normal foundations and 1,500 kPa for drilled caissons. The ratio of the embedded depth to the diameter of the caisson should be at least 25:1.0. The recommended soil pressures incorporate a safety factor of three against shear failure of the underlying soils. The total and differential settlements of the footings are estimated to be less than 25 and 15 mm, respectively. 1 . 16) ' Reference No. 9306-S.57 18 ' 6.3 Stairw tThe stairway will be elevated. In places, the underlying silty sand till and silty clay till have been exposed on the face of the bank. These soils are susceptible to water erosion, particularly on a bank; therefore, the face must be well planted to promote the rooting system and vegetative cover which will protect the face against trunoff erosion. t6.4 Pedestrian Bridge tThe foundations of the bridge abutments must be placed beneath the scouring depth of the creek and be provided with adequate earth cover (1.2 m) for protection against frost action. According to the soil data disclosed by Borehole 3, the founding level appears to lie in the dense sandy gravel or the hard silty clay till. In the dense sandy gravel, the foundations must be placed at a level where the.material is free of plant debris. ' The recommended soil bearing pressure for the SLS is 600 kPa for the design of the foundations. The corresponding soil bearing pressure for the ULS is 1,800 kPa. ' The total and differential settlements of the foundations designed with the recommended SLS soil pressure are estimated to be 25 and 15 mm, respectively. I The other soil paramenters for the design of the bridge are given below: 1 1 Reference No. 9306-S.57 19 ' Table.4 - Soil Parameters for Bridge Design Soil Unit Weight (kNjm3) D3a Submerged Sandy Gravel 22 13 1 Late Earth Pressure Coefficients ' Active At Rest Passive - 1 (Ko)_ 1R� ' Silty Sand Till ULS 033 0.40 3.00 SLS 0.50 0.60 2.00 ' Sandy Gravel ULS 0.28 0.35 3.57 SLS 0.42 0.53 2.38 t ' Coefficients of Friction and jor Cohesion Against Foundation Sliding Silty Clay Till 150 kPa 50 kPa Sandy Gravel 0.57 0.38 tThe abutments should be backfilled with free-draining granular material (such as sandy gravel, fine to coarse sand, etc.) extending to at least 1.0 m from the wall. Lateral ' subdrains, consisting of filter-wrapped weepers, should be installed at the bottom of the walls, or the walls should be provided with weep holes. This is to prevent water ponding ' behind the walls, which upon freezing may damage the abutments. Reference No. 9306-S.57 20 ' The backfill for the abutments should be compacted to 95% of its maximum Standard Proctor dry density. 6.5 Storm Sewe r 1 The proposed invert of the storm sewer, located behind the top of the northern bank of the valley (as shown on Drawing No. 1 submitted by Cosbum Giberson) extends from El. 101.9 to El. 105.22. This level lies mostly in the fill. The sewer bedding should consist of 20 mm Crusher-Run Limestone; where debris is encountered at the sewer subgrade, it should be removed and replaced with compacted ' bedding material. The sewer trench should be backfilled with the excavated material, which must be sorted free of construction debris and compacted to 95% of its maximum Standard Proctor dry density. 6.6 Excavation Excavation in excess of 1.2 m should be carried out in accordance with the manner specified in Ontario Regulation 213/91. Classification of the soils for excavation purposes is given below; Table 5 - CIassification of Soils for Excavation Material Type Silty Clay Till; Sandy Silt Till and 1 ' Dense Sandy Silt Sandy Silt; Sandy Gravel with Water 3 i Seepage and Earth Fill Sandy Silt and Sandy Gravel Below 4 ' Groundwater 16) Reference No. 9306-S.57 21 The excavation for the bridge foundations should be carried out within enclosed sheeting which should be driven into the underlying silty clay till to control the groundwater rseepage into the excavation. ' SOIIrENG IDd MD _ CIVIL e � VICTOR S CHAN , e Victor an, P. Eng. �''ticsaro VSC:rb ' LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS& DESCRIPTION OF TERMS The abbreviations and terms commonly employed on the borehole logs,on ' the figures and in the text of the report are as follows:— 1. SAMPLE TYPES 3. SOIL DESCRIPTION AS Auger Sample a) Cohesionless Soils:— CS Chunk Sample 00 Drive open "N" (blows/ft) Relative Density ' DS Denison type sample 0 to 4 very loose FS Foil sample 4 to 10 loose RC Rock core with size& perc*ntne of recovery 10 to 30 compact ST Slotted Tube 30 to EO dense TO Thin-walled,open over 50 very dense TP Thin-walled,piston b) Cohesive Soils:— WS Wash Sample Undrained Shear (Strength (k.s.f.) Consistency Less than 0.25 very soft 0.25 to 0.50 soft 0.50 to 1.0 firm ' 1.0 to 2.0 stiff 2 PENETRATION RESISTANCE/"N" 2.0 to 4.0 very stiff Dynamic Cone Penetration Resistance: over 4.0 hard A continuous profile showing the number of c) Method of Determination of Undrained Shear blows for each foot of penetration of a 2" diameter 900 point cone driven by a 140-pound Strength of Cohesive Soils:— hammer falling 30 inches. Plotted as x 3.2— Field vane test in borehole. The number denotes the sensitivity to re- ' Standard Penetration Resistance or"N"value: moulding. The number of blows of a 140 pound hammer failing 30 inches required to advance a 24nch — Laboratory Vane Test ' O.D. drive open sampler one foot Into undis- C3 tured soli. — Compression test in laboratory. Plotted as"o„ For a saturated cohesive soil the undrained shear strength is taken as one-half of the WH Sampler advanced by static weight undrained compressive strength. PH Sampler advanced by hydraulic pressare ' PM Sampler advanced by manual pressure METRIC CONVERSION FACTORS 1 FT . = 0.3048 metres 1 inch - 25.4 mm r1 LB. = 0.453 kg 1 k. s . f.= 47 .88 kN/m' Soil-Eno CONSULTING SOIL b FOUNDATION ENGINEERS ZY J Limited 100 Nugget-Avenue, Scarborough, ON, MIS 3A7 ® PENETRATION 40 60 :. • .. . . Ground_5urface ..m©.■. .� N///•/\••.•/•N•\/\./NNNN W NNwwNNw Brown N...II...........N.NY.NN.NNYw N•w• N•..1./...•.\/...N•Nr•rN.N/\N•YiiSNN\H SILTY CLAY & .• Q ...==1....N.....I.wNw•.1..•N\•/\.•wN..• • • :i11..N..•...I ..•..NN.N.w..NNNN...1 •• .•rr. •iYL••.N.•.. NN/YN..NNN•••�•.Mw.. SANDY ........ ....•..NNNNN\•MMNNN•L�..w. .M/ NI.N..\/N\w•N•MMNNN••NMNYN••.N•� N.//M\.1N/./.ww\.Nw WNN.NN.••NN � .N...N.1 N......•\NNYYNwMNN.NM.NN• ...N....\•\MNN/NNNw/r..Y..NN./NNN • • and ..•......••//NMN.NNNw NwNM\• Y• . •....•..1..• •M.••\••\/.•...w © �• : ar.I•ouN• NNO.\\••\•..Niii� /Nw glass owiiiii�N•\N\ •i.• •i•rr•w•w•w NN•NwN r .... NN.MN.•MwMN.wN•N••N•NNN N..iiiiH/N•NNMWN••w• M•M� .N•�M• • 'Brown, loose to •NN.w\wN.w/•�.,,.NM\\\\//•Nr\NN//•MMNN...t�\•NN•\w/ © .• Q ....r....... i••ii\irw•w N.•• •.wN N.\\N r `" • • •" N......N.~w��wM��N\//M.w/ .•N•M MLNN.••• .N....w N.w•N•ww..��/\•r MN•\NY\wNY/• NN...W w.wN.NNw•\•wNNwNN/.•./. .M..w.M....MM.YNN. M. .1./\../NNw\N•\\I MN•N/•/\•/�..•N\. w.w • M///•Mii wNN.•MI\\NM/�...•.Mw N.�M�•. • _w.w. •.. N.."..M/MN•.N./N/N.\wN./M/�MN Y•1 • N MMN M.�M\�N•�MMNY• M �,� SANDY SILT I...N.w Nw•N\...w\w•LNN�• 7 layers N...MN..N.iiiY.••MN..YNiNi • �with stiff clay MN.•M MM.....Nw..N.MYM�N •..I...w.\w•M/.NwNN•WNM•Y.w•/rr iiN.NW•wN••NMw•/••N•/ww•Y/N/N (varved structure) .I.N...1Nw.N.. • .N� 1..•.N•... MwwMw. • •�•N /. N.N.N•• •.NN.N.wYM w.w�.• NH © •• ` •••iM�..w�.=N.MMww•w..Y.NNNN.N•ww.N� i������M�Y_.NN••\:N�.MI/�M%.•�rNNNN . --- NNWwNw.w.wwi•i.M•INw\/•/N�•N.:N/LN•NN •M•N Y..••wwN./••Y•.�.•...\..•.��•YYNN•N.N•w. END OF BOREHOLE IM.Y..N•YM..M.YNNN•��M� loon WATER CONTENT WP •NN.N..Nw...Nr•w..•• w rN•.•r.\NNMN\ N ..INLAY•.....•.../ N.••\/w wN• /N.•�I •w..NNwrN•NMw•wf,M., \�NMNt\ _ /w//NN•�NNNN\/\rNWNN/Y MNM•N j.."^_ • ...\•.NNYYN•w ww/N•.rY //N••••NNNw_..._.!_ N.NYw w•.NN/•W/wN./. N.••N�•MYNN.1 NM.N.Mw.IN•ww.•.. /I.NNN•NYN.Y.Mw\.•••w...•w .N.w.N MMNw/ •w•.•..•••Y.....•••/. .•.MNN wY..LA/ .••.•...•• uw.NNwwNH• .NN�..••.NYN�•ww• �.Y? �ri..•rw wNrww•wN/wM•\•N\\wN• N•.r .w.r.rNwNw INww..W ,j N..\• N��.N.Y�•���•.•.........w rwi riirrr ,y.�`p NMw Y•.LA•Y\wY/•..•YMY• •.N•Nww.N•N/•N�w•./ •.•N•N/••..•w\••/r••/•�.\NN•rw\.Nr�•Nr iii .•mow/\ �r.••w /\•i\••..•••�i NN.NN.w.WN/�.YMYw•MNwN• NwNw w.wM ww•/•/r•wY•• M.......wNY.•\Yww•.MMNNI MN.M. .M.YM.NMIrM\wNwYN.YNY•rNNw• •LANN/M•ww•NN•wr••rMw/Y wrMM\ NMN\w WNw//wY\w\Ww•••.\N•.•wN •/...Y.•/ •/.rYr.M.N•YY N..N.•M�. ..wY..N. wN••.Mw INN.NN/www wwNM.• •..i./. •• ./NNN.•\NN•\N\rNY/N.rN.wN • NN N.w YNN\••/rN.�/M/w•YMY .Mwwr..•wrw M.M•r •NN..w.YN..w.•Yrw••Nr.r•N rNrM••/ NNN•M.w.MNLA ww/Y\wN.w/ /w•.w\/wNNYNYYN.•NY•YY.NYrY•• I.w•.w./..••wr w\\\w.•\.•.wr rrww. NN..NN rYMN.N•w•N.www..Yr+w. NN...LA•w NwN.Mw••�.rNN•Y•NN•\w• NLA•rl/•\N.N.MY wW.w•Y\w .NMLA.•.Y•YwY/YN�\r/.rY..YwY•\. NN.Nw N..WN• ..ww•MM•MN••• O.i••i•••wNwr N.NY../N•\w•\. /•N...N.•w\..N.Mw•w•••N�wrlw.M. •.M1....\N....\Y.rYNr./• ••r••••Ni. •..N.N..MN.\w\\YN\N..M.N.Nr •.••...•..N.NYM/ww/N.wNN•N N........NMNN/.wY.Y.•.NwNN •..LA......MN/NN/YNwNMwY N•w••1 ..I.N•w MNNw•NNr.N/w•w•N .�•M/••N� iiiNMw .N.w•.NwN\Nwr•N r••\Nw•/••r••.. NNN.N.Mw•.N..WN.N.N.N\H•�N•�\• • NMNM W.wY\N•NN/•/N•O.. 1.N. • ....••NNN NN\NY. NNNNN.•MM.•NM..M. I.N•IwINM.w.I.MwN.NMY N NY• •....NN. N•YwNrNNNN • .•N.N.y.••r.w•/;M�r N•Nw..wLANN...•.rNN\�• •w.•\H•MNN .M�.LA.YN.N•.�• NN N.NN...wN..•./wrw••/ ...wNN.NY•MN yN•.rr••rwwN •NN•N...ww.NN•N./•r N.••MY•.NrNN•.•N•N/•• ��• wowN• wY•/N. •�NLA.• •Yw.N. .irL.w ..Y•YwY Nom.... N..Nw. rNw••• �.. NM.NYwY.•N.NN•• NNN.N. .••NN..MM.... 1 1 • • • • • • PENETRATION RESISTANCE • 2• 4 • 6 • : • HEAR STRENGTH mim—2) • . 100 150 200 ■■■ ..1.••.N\••..N•••.\N..M...MN..N•.•.N•iN. • • • INNN .N.N.Nw.o.N.w..•w.aM••••..w.N. .•.....••..1....••N.NNM•NMN...M..•N...N .......... .........i.\.•...NI•••••N...•.N.•. .....1........M•.i...•NN./N.MN\NN•.... N•..•.N•.N.....•.M.NM.••N.N•M NMNN• ./••. ...•......W.M..NN.N..•...N NNN..N SANDY '..NM•......W.N•NwY.NMNN.MIM•wN.. with silty clay .• NN.NN.N•MYY.NM.•.•.N\.•NNN.N...�.�i•. ./.•NN.•N.NNw YMNN••Niww•N/NYi ..•..N.•\.N.MNMNNw....NN.MM N� .NN.w.N..NNN. rW..MWrN�wNMMMN..M• inclusionsp• - • ©©� .~W•MMNW wMNNNN.iN NYN•\.. NM •/•N... ■.NNWNNNN•r• • ./L..N.•...NMW..Y\MN..NMN NM N��./..MNN.NNM..IMN•.. NN.NN• .N�..•.N•wNMY•M/NNH.NNN•r•MMM•.. wr...w..NMNMNwN.w �/YYNN..Y.NM.N.N•Y.•••YYMMNN�� • glass .N...M.NNNYN.NY.NN.•r.i•NN N.NN .....Nw Mw..MMN.•.N.MNNM"..\.i••• ......N..M•.•..W .MNNN.N•N.••.NN •/..NMNw.MMN NMMN ..YI••NNN•N.N• .N..N.r•N.N.N..MYNM•.NM••M• ...NrMN•W N.N•Yi•MN.\•iNiMN..NM•.•• •W NNNN.w.N•••iYN•N Yrw .N•. •Y.NN.N.N�.Y..Y•W.M•i. .N..N NWY.YN.iWNM.•N•.N_NNNMW V..... NMYNNM�N..YNH�H�Y © .• II.•....NNN..NNN wN.Yii w •V..Mw1Nw.NY •....•••.. .NMNiNNM r .M •.W.\N. w.Nl•N•N.NNii/ .r..N.•N..••.Yr•ri•NN••rr.. M.MNN.N.M•N•NiYN•••..•.•.•i•�YN•••./� •....NN.••.N.YN\.iNNN.•NNN.N�•.•.••••. M.•Y.NwN.•.r•Y•N.•N.N. .•.. ...NwN.N YN..NN�Y.Mi W...NNw.NN N 40cin TOPSOIL •• ® N..NYM� rwiiY.•M•NNN•••.MN• i.. .•...wr......•..i.rr...•r•.rYwi•wrN••. i..i.Ni.....••iw.'�M�i i Nw1 .Ni•i Ni...rw..N.wYrwrNN•N rN •.YN�M..•w_ �Compact to NNNIY.W..N•..Y.•Yi.MM•MN•NNN• ver rN.N•.••N..N..MMMMN\�N NN.Y�N•HNNi�• • denseNNMMNNN..Y .�..N•••� SILTY N.N.ir\.•M•rN• Y N .NNi..•..•.ii..Y• NN •• YN��'�'�`.Tiw�iwi..�i •r�Ri• ........N WNN.Y\i�M• \..wN.rNN.MW Y•W •.. .N.Mw..N.NNN NNNNN iM� ...HNW..N..•w NIY.MI. N NN•.NMMYMMY••MM�t.. • N•N.MN•WwWYN.•Mi\ wM.N.N• ....ww.W.NN.•..•.•i.N•.NM•MM..••....N��••i•�� SAND, ..N.NN.NMN.w•./N•NNNNw.NYNMi.•• igravelly brown NNM.N•MW.M•wYNN•NYNNN\M.i1r.i. N.MYN W/iN•NwNNN. •i••i.Y.. •Nr�..M�.N•..•.W.NMN •NM. • �• I •• WY N•.NNw YN••;FM`.� K•tN��, .NN.•\.•MNii\W ..1./•.IN N•iNN•.YNY•••. .•.w....www•..NYN.NwNNi•. Y - NMiiYNYMMi. locc. cobbles and greF7 Y 9m 'boulders w w W-7. . •• •• ii:.iN__••.�"___�w_ N�irri. Y�••w••�iiiiisu NN• ••N•.•.HN•.Y.N.MMN • \..iiiir•\W NM..N•.Y•H N•...HN Y••rNN N.•.•M.N.r.MNN... .\NWMMNY••.�•M���M�.M_M•_�•_\ ..NN•MM�.NY.M\MNY•••.NN•M.• \•.NNM WM•.Y wYN•i.N.1..•.wMN.•.•• • .•.M.N..WwwWM..r.•.I.NMwMw. N.NMM•YYN..i.Y W NN•NI•MMN\r•i.rN ..NMw Nw.w..NWN•.NW.w M..N.N• N...MM.W Nr•Y1••M•N Y W N•N Y/N•r N N..NMN N•NNY.YrY.M.YWN M.N N•••.NN •• •• M••M.W.•NNM• \.N..�MN•l��/ •N. .M.•w.NNNwwN.•.M.wNY�.•.i•.• ..M...N.•W...wNWNN.YNY.y..•N..�•\ NNN....NNNNNNMYN.. .r.riW.•N.i��•. .w••WN•.•NNN.Y.NNN.•..NY... .N..NM..NNw•w.M.M NNM...•.•.wN. •NNNN•.NNNM•w.N....NNN..N w•i..... w..NNw•W....••.w.wN..N/wMN .....1MNNMYN..N�M.N�NMN..N.•Iw.H1• ..•.•YN...Y.N W.N•YM•NN.Nii•\YYI••N • .IN.....�...•....NNN•.••..NN�M•N...N�� N•'MMNNN••N•.••rWM••�• lN. - • :.N•.w.N .N.•N NN•NM r..NNN...:•� 1•� •N.N•.•......r.••Y W MN.•NN•..NNNN��NNM. • Q �• •• wNN.N.N...NW YNNNN.N.••NNNNNNN 1.N..w.\\..MMY YN.Ni•.•.•rN•NYNI .r......•..•.••...N.Ni.•NN w•rNN N ..N...•.•N..NM\\NYMN.wNNNN \I•......•N..MNN.i.YNrN Y••N.•NwM•i•. ....r......NN•w..NYN.NNMYi.M MiN•N.• .=N N.......NNw.M••..•...N•N•..N ..NNN.•r•r.i.N•.N\•••r.•/.N••N SILTY CLAY, Till i N...NN w.w Nw.....rw.NN........ .•NH. ..NNNN N.N.W NwNN.NYNN••H•Yr.•.1••••N ..•M.•.. M.•N•rW iM••r�•.N N./.MNN.Y. • NwiNN.W.W.. N.wNr./YNr•..N .•..•N..•N.�.r.N•N..•N••N•N...N • ••N•• sandy • •• •• i ..N.N.•..A /Y.N•rr•N••\NiHNU '�••_, .rN.rrN.Y.WN•Yr.•N..rr..M• N�•• .NYN.NYWNN.•.iYN.•N.•N�.•••. •• . • gravel NNN.N.NNW .•N .i .MrN- \r...N••..WNMN ..........NMN••.rW. •.•. r /1 • cobbles • •I..W.MNWNN.NNNY.•YYNriiNN••NNNi•NN.• \.••...•N wN.NNY.Nr•N\YMr.. MN .I NM N.NN..•YY W N•Ni•.r.MM•M•rN•Y N•.N...•NWYY.Nw1....•N.�M\NY • boulders .1...N...NN•.iN•.•.iiN•••.Nr••..••NliiYr .I...i.i....NwwW WNi Nr----- �/...NN. . N ••.....•N••I N.N.YW.i.N.Y. •N N..NN...N .WN.rW.. ® .• •• .w w...NNN.N.•W..I.i c-- �� N..�M. M N. .NN. ------ iY� Y• WATER..NW •/....NN .i...••N..i.•N.iN� M/w.�'.NN.N.•• •• ••�•••N•i••N••••••• CONTENT PENETRATION RESISTANCE lWows/ • 20 40 . • : • HEAR STRENGTH (kN/M2): • • 100 150 200 • •N..•\\••.N/..HMHr.•r..WNww•N..\/w • ■■■ :...i..NIN/.WY Ww.\/w .YYN•..i MN.NM�/• SILTY CLAY, Till ..1....\/.•/.W W N/•MNNHw..•r.NN•M•/ uwwwN.wuww Ww/wuwa.w o.o.N•• .../N//..W l..W.wwi/w WNN•N\NM//..\ N....\Nl lM//Mw N•.•MM.W w.w N•Nr/N N•\...N'l•./•NWwNNNNNNw.r WNN••. :=••/.... .MNwWHYNYrw/wN. •, ® �• I •� N..N.....w..w•i.iwr•.wrr/rw�iw'w. .NN.NNW .iMw... l••NN\•\\HNM.//Yw/./i•ww•/Y y INNMw••N//•//\NYww••M\w• \N l//•...iwHN•.Nw•r••irM..•...wN N�iwrw• •.•r/\w N//MYw wr•Mi•wiwr/N N\.wrH NNNMN MwNYi•W iw•M MrN.w wrwN• NlY/N/\\NMMM.riwYM Nwr\W ../Ww..YN/N••WM.NY.wM/ Nw••Y• • of gravel �N.NYN N.MN//i/\wYM.w/•rw•riMN•M•N .N.N.....Y.Y.N•NNY.w occ. cobbles and boulders ••NNNMNw-N.\\/r•MNM\•Y•MM•NrM• \• •...Nw.N.I w\//Nw.NY.rrwM r \uo•w•..\.iw•.rN.•.•NrNw•wrr__. _ •� : and clay seams ® •• 1 •• l.•'ii.'.W..iii.wr"ri./ •'ii.r••�i/••.iiN.i•i wi .w\Nrr/w/i••rir/..Y•.i•••i•Ni•il.••/.•sN N/N•w/••/Y/•r.wi/Nw.M.rr•M•ww.•• END O BOREHOLE •N.N.N•\N•N/i/•.•.r••/i/••i•/.MMNwrN• NN..MMr//w.//.ii//i•....Y•r.NMr.•MM NN..•Y.wNNw NrY•.Y M.M W N \N/IYw N•\\i\/\w/MMw\rr/NNNwwwN•w NM/Yw•w.••wr•••M/iY•NrrY\•W MM .N• NNM/N\NN.Ywi�i•wr\riii\rN\w•/..N l•M/Yi/•Hiwi.i•WrN/iwiMN••i i.N NNN•.N NNiri/Yw/.Y.0=� Nw N/.NYYNN...w•NN.N.Y:/: M.• • W.wWNwYi�•rwwN ••\NNM\•\.Y/w.\MWNwi\wM�/ .Y�YW Wl•..W Nw/./•/ WI.N N.N.w/;�•...MYY M./Y Y\\• N/wr\.•�w /w WNMY. _WYr.rwYMr. .N...Nr/ NNw\M• .Y- .•MN..r NNr/i••w•wr.�wwr.w ..N N/NMMMYii/i..w../Y\Y�/\//•r.//w.w.•.M.i/\wN.w.N••w/w •NM.W/••r•i/r\ZC==�w••/ N .•NNr//\•i/�r/r�•\�\Wr.Miiwir•.M�•rN\rY/NrrN\• \M\�/\YrNrMiwr•�M•r.��NM\NrM/wM.N.. .w•ww. w•NN/r/Y\/•rN.YNr /Hr NNNYN WYY•\.wY.rw: MOM •W N•Y\NN•.\O MMwwrrrwM EMS .//..Nw. Wi.Hww•w.M ••N�w MNW .�YY/:WNrwrYi/r.\ H//iY�/� ..YN.w.wiww.•N./.•Y/Nw.w..Y•///M .NN.wi•N./w.r•Yw•Nw.rN�wiM..w.ww. N.WNNNwW'YNr'MMY//.".��www.wiw. NY�./M ..wi..NY/..Yw •••.=� NNw.NM..�Mi� •'�' M .•.•YwM YN.YY••\/.�� WNNw NN..Y••Y•M\NNMYNi Mw W ii..w Nw..r•NYwM.ww.i./ ..wNwNN.•.r. • • •Y. w•wwwrrY/•rrr/r•• •/NNNN.N.ww/rr.iwY /W w•M.••.•Yr•rwr•/•ww.rr•i.•.wrwYir•M .•.../.i/. .\i•.i....•rirN..MY..N.• 1\NMNw NrwM\w•ww.M..\.w• .•MN.w\.M/r//\.rwwY\rwMr\wMYM W NNN.HN•YY.w..•\rrYNwM•W M.... •/•NN•r.r////r•rNriY\•..r••Y.N.w.../ •wMMr N/wrr\wNYir\rw•w\..//.N... ./www•ww/Y. rr\rw/•••wrw•M NNN/Y\N••//wi/W.w\••rr.ww//...\\ .NNM•il NN.iiw W wMY wY...Y w.N..•. .....wN N...YY•W./Y••/NiY••iM\i/•i/.r• .////NM/NN////i\W Y•i•Y.MNr.Nw.Y.\ NNY.w.Y.M•H.WY..•/•WiYYN w\ ./...Nw NNYYYwN•i•Y.NNM•N M .NNN•N•i/•N•///NrY/•r wMr•M N..wN•N..•Nr•NY.NM•Nr•//•Y • ::NNNN W.M.i•.ww/r•lwi/NY. .• N/.•/YM•W MrN•r•.NN.Y•w•M.N.NY.II W NNN\.MwMr•//./.•//\r/w•N\rN.w.N ....N..•.lN.•N•w/N//NW rwNN.wW/••\ N.....Y.INNNY/WwY••wWNNr•wN•. ../W/N••N.iN\/•YNN..�•ww•wwN/•\•. rwwr\rw•\... ....W../N.W N/.rN•.w/..iwwM N/.•Y..-•l •N•Nw.NN......w...... • .N..w.../w/i.•wwwN.wM./NYN.r•N• ..•...W.N•.MNYYN•/YNY/wr•• /.• .•Mw•/•.N/.YM..Yr..w.Nr/w ..N...N ..M.///•.l•M.Mw rw•M..MiwN.\..Nw1.. .NN.M..\NN•/•N•N•wN.N/.i...YrMN/ . •\\•/\••.••i/•//NNrw.W.NN/•. • \ •.N...../MNNrY....\..\...r\ww..Mi.----- — w. \...N/••.•NNMw .rr.\.M.r•ww/ ••./i/....•NM.NN../NWw ..w�\w//r\. :.IN•Ni•W M.�...wiY.i. ..NN.N.iN•••••\/r..w....w...Y.••�.M•.N NN.MH./NM///i.wNN•••\HN/HNH. \\w.\ NMN/r./N.•M\i.rNiw•i\r�YirrN�\��•�..�w/NIr\. •..•Y.... •wr/•N• .\wN NNNNNI•N.r/r/Nr.Y/•. \N \w..Y\ /•.Nw.INN.NwwN•.r••wIN/// • . //../H.•.••MN��N••MWi..w.wr\./\Y .•. NY\./w N1i./•wl Nwrwi.i.ir/��N .NNNW NMNNrw•w.. 1....NMl.wwwrN/iri. .•• :NwM.I.wMN/.MNNNi\ mow./ IM.....•MM•/W rNwi//• •Nw..N NNNNYWr.w•�N ••NM.w •/..w./.NM/•r/•r/..Mir.r/•••.•.�rr .NWN1.w ...w.N.wwwriwrir.../.r iw.i•�.w.� w...Yw /..M .....•.i./ •i. Yww•iY.i.�w�N.N• \/M. I.wN.NNY..//.ww.w.�•.w N I WATER CONTENT WL • •. - .: ... -. •� ® ' • - • :• . . HEAR STRENGTH (XN/FM2)1 non • .. . .. MOM__ .■■ •...•.............NNMNN\.N.NMw N/N/.M. . • N .. ..\.\NN.....wwlY =...N. • dense ........I......NN.....N....\wM.M.\.NM.. w.N •...........I•N.W.NNM•N.IN..NM N/.....•. ...N......M...\.N N.....N....N..w../..N•.. .N........M..........N\NN..w...N.NN..... • - plant .NN..N..N..MN.wNw.....w.w..wN... ...../..•..•...MN.N.•wN•M\NN.N/N.//�N� NNN SANDY GRAVEL •- • .ii�.i� Y M.NM.wMY.•MMMr..N•YN• ....../.Mw...rMr•r/INwM..EN•. • cobbles ___ iiiwi\ii.i NrWN•MNNw�.N.N��•:. •wNN...•.w • U..\.Nr MwMN.Mw.NNN.MNM. NN. .NNN\I N.N.NNN.M•MM w =:..NM\...•MNY.NNMMN./.••..•.•N.N/M•I (alluvial deposit) ___ •...MNN.MMYM..N•NNYNNwY•MN•.N/. hard N.....•N -N/W.N•.•wNw•••WM�.MN�Y�., SILTY CLAY, Till © .• 1 •, .........•NYC •.......NtM.N.wM• /••...N•. N............r M...MN..••.NM.N.N......••N very N.....N.wN..r.M..•MN•NMw .wNN•. • N......\•.MM..M.N...........rw....•.r•••. :N.\.../.wwlW/./.NNMMw.NN.•Y.wN ........rrV.•I •rwrr..N./.r/.Nr.�.N� •- .• 1 • N.... ..YY.\...........\..............- .- •.........Mw.N..Nw.MY.N---- - -.•NNM. N.....N..ww.MMN.M•N.M.M�MM • .YNNN ..NNW.w.wM�..•N M.: Y�MMNN. • W..M.N...wW.M•MN • SANDY SILT • SILTY CLAY, Till .:..•..M.\wwwww.N. .. ... w Y • ........Nw/..N•rr.w.NNYNN • ....N....Mw/wM.M..WYYYNN�.7 , • N..N.NI sandy, a tr. of gravel N.N.W. • .•• • boulders ......w rNr..Y © �� NNwwNMY/.NNrN•.wwwwM.w.rYYNr.M.•�•m".=MMM.r. Y..Mw.N.•••N••••.��•.N�.MN� END OF BOREHOLE ...••NY.MMw.••.•.w.w�N•• M•MNN w.M •rwrN • •• W.w .Y/Y.M. 1• w w\w.•. �a- .M\.\MM.ii.�•....W M r...YN....M•MM ...NMwrwMY� .rrr• N• ...... N.w•w.•. w ....N••..MNM.M• .Y•MW.••Y•Y.M N• •N.N Y �- ...N.NNNYY.W M•M N...M•.../M.rM. N ...NMN\www\rrrw.NrMM..�� ...NM.YrwY.wY•YM Ywr•M .....YN.rwr./.�MMwY..r....... N..Nlw w.wM.YM. •w•.YN MI�MY.Y.Y.w.N. .N.M.•...\.I./.M. .MYMM •N..M•r000M.M.M." wry •...Y.•..rr..MN� N.....M.M..M.M.rYr.MMYN• • •wwwMrw.Y./MYM.. �•••••••.. ..NMMY ..rY.•..r..r•N.N N.NY W.r••M..r•...r.•M.•.r•r.r.rr./rr..r .www.�r.rr .•..r.rYr•..•.....•. ..M.NW�Yr.. rY..Nrww•.Nrwr. N.NWrNYrr.. w.w•.• • . .N.../r. w rw.w•rwr.rr^Y.www../. .\M.YY.MrMM.•.•wlwi.wYN..M N\\ww.wYr..rwN.YrwwY N\.r«r wwYN..•.MrY rNr.r. •....Nw.wwM.r..YMM .NNNW ww./..ww...•NrwwN .i..NM...rrM....MN../..Nw/..M • Nwr.w.r•wrwrwwrrYw M•/.NN.N..r.... N.N.w.•.....rr w.././..w..•.r.MNNMM NW./....w.wY.w..r..w.wN.Yw/.M. ..Nw•••YY•••••N•••Y.ww.Y.w W r•. NYWw.MYwr.MwY.. W NYW.Y.Yi•w.rwNr.w.w•.. N..w...N wwMM./../.../...wN.\..\..../Y. N./N. r.Nr•.• .Nww.NMYMNYYYMMwMMM. ••••• ..MWM.rNM.M.Y.r•w. ..NM.N.M.N.w.wwlY.w.W.. MMM W...wwY.w.wM•.MMrM• ..\.M....•NN•/.YYYMMM r• •.• ....M..•1.MMwN Mw•M•..r.r•w N•...NN •..w..Y.\•..••rM.r•...Mr.•M••.LNNN• ....NNN M.r..M.MNM.Y...r..rNN:• NNr.r•M.•r.M.NM•....rr..W W MNNNNNwY.•. 1.W NM.N../w..•••••••.N.•.•./.w L.�r..r� ...NNr.rwY•M••••••w.w•..MY IM..M...Y/ all YwN..• WATER CONTENT WP WL ....NW..•.M.rMMN... � w�Y � N•.N.•MM.rMM...r. r.����Y��YYyy��� ....N•.M.rw.N..rr.r.•••/�••••• ..NW.N .N.N•....\wr....rNr.NM...r.r •Y.W.N•ww•.•rNrY+w..+r.Nr I 16) SUFI-Eng Limited REFERENCE N2 9306-S.57 U.S. BUREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION GRAVEL AND SILT CLAY COARSE FINE ICOARSEIMEDIUM I FINE IV FINE UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION GRA EL A N D SILT 6 CLAY [-COARSE I FINE ICUAHbL MEDIUM I FINE :r Me II¢= P W IfT 3,V 4 8 10 16 20 30 40 5060 100 140 200 M 325 100 90 80 TO to 60 z a �. 50 13 /S 1.5 z 40 1W W U r30 GRAVEL SAND BH.3/ 2 SILT 20 CLAY 10 VERY IN SAND 9 SILT O 100 10 I •1 .01 •001 GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS PROJECT:Proposed Park Facilities ° COEFFICIENT OF UNIFORMITY: LIQUID LIMIT = /° Bowmanville Creek & Queen St. LOCATION--Village of Bowmanville COEFFICIENT OF CURVATURE= PLASTIC LIMIT % = C) BOREHOLE N4 = 2 3 PLASTICITY INDEX % = C SAMPLE N2: 5 2 Classification of Sample and Group Symbols MOISTURE CONTENT % = m 6.2 1.? PERMEABILITY (cm./sec.) = (Est.) DEPTH (m) BH.2/Sa.5 SILTY SAND, Till BI1.3/Sa.2 = 10-1 X1 ELEVATION* (W) 99.9 88.3 gravelly BH.3/Sa.2 SANDY GRAVEL, a tr. of silt BH.2/Sa.5 = 10-6 Soil-Eng Limited REFERENCE NQ 9306-S.57 U.S. BUREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION A EL AND SILT CLAY COARSE I FINE COARSE MEDIUM FINE IV. FINE UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION GRAVEL A N O SILT 6 CLAY COARSE FINE ICOAHbL I MEDIUM I FINE 3.2w 2" 0/i r V "T 3," 4 8 10 16 20 30 40 5060 100 140 200 Z70 325 100 90 80 • TO TT 03, 60 I Z h SO 1- Z 40 W U 1 30 GRAVEL IL SAND SILT 20 CLAY 10 VERY FINE SAND 6 SILT 0 100 10 1 .1 •O1 •001 - GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS PROJECT: Proposed Park Facilities COEFFICIENT OF UNIFORMITY: LIQUID LIMIT % = 29 Bowmanville Creek & Queen St. COEFFICIENT OF CURVATURE: PLASTIC LIMIT % = 17 LOCATION: Village of Bowmanville BOREHOLE N4 : 3 PLASTICITY INDEX % = 12 C SAMPLE N4: 3 GIa55(fiGaflon of Sample and Group Symbols MOISTURE CONTENT % = - m DEPTH: (m) 2.4 PERMEABILITY (cmAec.) = 10-7 SILTY CLAY, Till (Estimated) "' ELEVATION: (m) 87.6 sandy, a tr. of gravel M I M I M M 1=1 11MI 1: ! m i m m i r M i M M i SOLI-Eng Limited REFERENCE N4 9306-S.57 U.S. 13UREAU OF SOILS CLASSIFICATION GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION G A EL AND SILT CLAY COARSE FINE CO RS MEDIUM FINE V. FINE UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION GRAVEL A N D SILT 9 CLAY COARSE FINE COARSE MEDIUM FINE T 2W2* 11/¢' r 3/4" Ih•W 4 8 10 16 20 30 40 5060 100 140 200 270 325 100 90 80 70 E 60 Y1 to aa, 50 F- W 40 U a d 30 GRAVEL SAND ! SILT 20 CLAY i 10 VERY FINE SAND 8 SILT 0 I •01 •001 100 10 I GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS Proposed Park Facilities PROJECT: Bowmanville Creek & Queen St. COEFFICIENT OF UNIFORMITY: LIQUID LIMIT % = LOCATION=Village of Bowmanville COEFFICIENT OF CURVATURE= PLASTIC LIMIT % = BOREHOLE N4 : 1 PLASTICITY INDEX % = C SAMPLE N4: 3 Classification of Sample and Group Symbol, MOISTURE CONTENT % = m DEPTH: (m) 2.4 PERMEABILITY (cm./sec.) = 10-6 ELEVATION- (m)105.4 SANDY SILT (Estimated) rn S.M. CL. 108.82 a cut cross on cmLb -- ti on Mi.1 Jf I 5 � • { I i I . BOREHOLE LOCATION REF. NO: 9906-S.57 DATE: Auqust 1993 DRAWING NO: 1 SCALE: MORIZ - 1:100 SOIL - EN6 LIMIT . i Bli e' - '''\� -• �Z. •-1�v —�+a! �R.h `\ , BOREHOLE LOCATION P& REF, 140: 9106-S.57 DATE: August 1993 DRAWING N0: 2 SCALE: NORIZ - 1:400 SOIL - EKG LIMIT i